FCC ID: LCGFMR5XKT Tank Level Probing Radar

 

unbekannt unbekannt Products Solutions Services Technical Information Micropilot FMR50 Free space radar Level measurement in liquids Application Continuous, non-contact level measurement of liquids, pastes and slurries Encapsulated PVDF or PP cladded horn antenna Maximum measuring range: 40 m (131 ft) Process temperature: 40 to +130 C (40 to +266 F) Process pressure: 1 to +3 bar (14.5 to +43.5 psi) Accuracy: 2 mm International explosion protection certificates; WHG; marine approvals Linearity protocol (3-point, 5-point) Your benefits diagnostics redundancy Reliable measurement even for changing product and process conditions HistoROM data management for easy commissioning, maintenance and Highest reliability due to Multi-Echo Tracking SIL2 according to IEC 61508, SIL3 in case of homogeneous or heterogeneous Seamless integration into control or asset management systems Intuitive user interface in national languages Bluetooth wireless technology for commissioning, operation and maintenance via free iOS / Android app SmartBlue Easy proof test for SIL and WHG Heartbeat Technology T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Table of contents Wichtige Hinweise zum Dokument . 4 Symbols . 4 Terms and abbreviations . 6 Registered trademarks . 7 Function and system design . 8 Measuring principle . 8 Input . 10 Measured variable . 10 Measuring range . 10 Operating frequency . 13 Transmitting power . 13 Output . 14 Output signal . 14 Signal on alarm . 15 Linearization . 15 Galvanic isolation . 15 Protocol-specific data . 15 Power supply . 20 Terminal assignment . 20 Device plug connectors . 28 Supply voltage . 29 Power consumption . 31 Current consumption . 31 32 Power supply failure . 32 Potential equalization . Terminals . 32 Cable entries . 32 Cable specification . 32 Overvoltage protection . 33 Performance characteristics . 34 Reference operating conditions . 34 Maximum measured error . 34 Measured value resolution . 35 Reaction time . 35 35 Influence of ambient temperature . Installation . 36 Installation conditions . 36 Measuring conditions . 39 Installation in vessel (free space) . 40 Installation in stilling well . 44 Installation in bypass . 46 Container with heat insulation . 48 Environment . 49 Ambient temperature range . 49 Ambient temperature limits . 49 Storage temperature . 50 Climate class . 50 Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 . 50 Degree of protection . 51 Vibration resistance . 51 Micropilot FMR50 Cleaning the antenna . 51 51 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . Process . 52 Process temperature, Process pressure . 52 Dielectric constant . 52 Mechanical construction . 53 Dimensions . 53 Weight . 58 Materials: GT19 housing (plastic) . 59 Materials: GT20 housing (die-cast aluminum, powder-

coated) . 60 Materials: Antenna and process connection . 61 Materials: Weather protection cover . 62 Operability . 63 Operating concept . 63 Local operation . 64 Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 . 64 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology . 65 Remote operation . 66 Integration in tank gauging system . 69 SupplyCare inventory management software . 70 Certificates an approvals . 73 CE mark . 73 RoHS . 73 RCM-Tick marking . 73 Ex approval . 73 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . 73 Functional safety . 73 WHG . 73 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) . 73 Radio standard EN302729 . 74 Radio standard EN 302372 . 75 FCC . 75 Industry Canada . 75 Japanese radio approval . 75 CRN approval . 75 Track record . 76 Test, Certificate . 77 Hard-copy product documentation . 77 Other standards and guidelines . 78 Ordering information . 79 Ordering information . 79 3-point linearity protocol . 80 5-point linearity protocol . 81 Customized parametrization . 82 Tagging (TAG) . 82 Services . 82 Application Packages . 83 Heartbeat Diagnostics . 83 2 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Heartbeat Verification . 84 85 Heartbeat Monitoring . Accessories . 86 Device-specific accessories . 86 Communication-specific accessories . 93 Service-specific accessories . 94 System components . 94 Documentation . 95 Standard documentation . 95 Supplementary documentation . 95 Safety Instructions (XA) . 95 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 3 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Wichtige Hinweise zum Dokument Symbols Safety symbols Symbol Meaning Micropilot FMR50 DANGER!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in serious or fatal injury. WARNING!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious or fatal injury. CAUTION!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minor or medium injury. NOTE!

This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personal injury. Electrical symbols Symbol Meaning Direct current Alternating current Direct current and alternating current Ground connection A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system. Protective Earth (PE) A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections. The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:

Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply. Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system. Symbols for certain types of information Symbol Meaning Permitted Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted. Preferred Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred. Forbidden Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden. Tip Indicates additional information. Reference to documentation. Reference to page. Reference to graphic. Visual inspection. 4 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Symbols in graphics Symbol Meaning 1, 2, 3 ... Item numbers

, Series of steps A, B, C, ... Views A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections Symbols at the device Symbol Meaning Hazardous area Indicates a hazardous area. Safe area (non-hazardous area) Indicates the non-hazardous area. Safety instructions Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions. Temperature resistance of the connection cables Specifies the minimum value of the temperature resistance of the connection cables. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 5 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Terms and abbreviations Term/abbreviation Explanation Micropilot FMR50 Document type "Operating Instructions"

Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"

Document type "Technical Information"

Document type "Special Documentation"

Document type "Safety Instructions"

Nominal pressure Maximum Working Pressure The MWP can also be found on the nameplate. Time of Flight Scalable software tool for device configuration and integrated plant asset management solutions Universal configuration software for Endress+Hauser HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and Ethernet field devices Device Type Manager Device Description for HART communication protocol r (DC value) Relative dielectric constant Operating tool The term "operating tool" is used in place of the following operating software:

FieldCare / DeviceCare, for operation via HART communication and PC SmartBlue (app), for operation using an Android or iOS smartphone or tablet. Blocking Distance; no signals are analyzed within the BD. Programmable Logic Controller Common Data Interface Pulse Frequence Status (Switching output) Manchester Bus Powered Protocol Data Unit MWP ToF FieldCare DeviceCare BA KA TI SD XA PN DTM DD BD PLC CDI PFS MBP PDU 6 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Registered trademarks HART Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, USA PROFIBUS Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, Germany FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, Texas, USA Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Endress+Hauser is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Android Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. KALREZ, VITON Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, USA TEFLON Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA TRI CLAMP Registered trademark of Alfa Laval Inc., Kenosha, USA Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 7 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Function and system design Measuring principle The Micropilot is a "downward-looking" measuring system, operating based on the time-of-flight method (ToF). It measures the distance from the reference point (process connection) to the product surface. Radar impulses are emitted by an antenna, reflected off the product surface and received again by the radar system. 1 Setup parameters of the Micropilot Reference point of the measurement (lower edge of the flange or threaded connection) Empty calibration ( = zero) Full calibration (= span) A0017871 R E F D Measured distance L Level (L = E - D) Input The reflected radar impulses are received by the antenna and transmitted into the electronics. A microprocessor evaluates the signal and identifies the level echo caused by the reflection of the radar impulse at the product surface. The unambiguous signal identification is accomplished by the PulseMaster eXact software together with the Multi-echo tracking algorithms, based on many years of experience with time-of-flight technology. The distance D to the product surface is proportional to the time of flight t of the impulse:

D = c t/2, with c being the speed of light. L = E D Based on the known empty distance E, the level L is calculated:

The reference point R of the measurement is located at the process connection. For details see the dimensional drawing:

FMR50: 54 The Micropilot is equipped with functions to suppress interference echoes. The user can activate these functions. Together with the multi-echo tracking algorithms they ensure that interference echoes (i.e. from edges and weld seams) are not interpreted as level echo. 8 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Output The Micropilot is commissioned by entering an empty distance "E" (=zero), a full distance "F" (=span) and application parameters which automatically adapt the instrument to the process conditions. For models with a current output, the factory adjustment for zero point "E" and span "F" is 4 mA and 20 mA. For digital outputs and the display module, the factory adjustment for zero point "E" and span "F"

is 0 % and 100 %. A linearization with max. 32 points, based on a table entered either manually or semi-automatically, can be activated locally or remotely. This function provides a measurement in engineering units and a linear output signal for spheres, horizontal cylindrical tanks and vessels with conical outlet. Life cycle of the product Engineering Universal measuring principle Measurement unaffected by medium properties Hardware and software developed according to SIL IEC 61508 Procurement Endress+Hauser being the world market leader in level measurement guarantees asset protection Worldwide support and service Installation Special tools are not required Reverse polarity protection Modern, detachable terminals Main electronics protected by a separate connection compartment Commissioning Fast, menu-guided commissioning in only a few steps on site or from the control room Plain text display in national languages reduces the risk of error or confusion Direct local access of all parameters Short instruction manual at the device Operation Multi-echo tracking: Reliable measurement through self-learning echo-search algorithms taking into account the short-term and long-term history in order to check the found echoes for plausibility and to suppress interference echoes. Diagnostics in accordance with NAMUR NE107 Maintenance HistoROM: Data backup for instrument settings and measured values Exact instrument and process diagnosis to assist fast decisions with clear details concerning Intuitive, menu-guided operating concept in national languages saves costs for training, remedies maintenance and operation Cover of the electronics compartment can be opened in hazardous areas Retirement Order code translation for subsequent models RoHS-conforming (Restriction of certain Hazardous Substances), unleaded soldering of electronic components Environmentally sound recycling concept Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 9 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Input Measured variable The measured variable is the distance between the reference point and the product surface. The level is calculated from this distance, taking into account the empty distance "E" entered by the user. If required, the level can be converted into other variables (volume, mass) by means of a linearization

(up to 32 points). Measuring range Maximum measuring range Device FMR50 - standard version FMR50 - with "Advanced dynamics" application package Maximum measuring range 30 m (98 ft) 40 m (131 ft) Usable measuring range The usable measuring range depends on the size of the antenna, the reflectivity of the medium, the mounting location and eventual interference reflections. The following tables describe the groups of media as well as the achievable measuring range as a function of application and media group. If the dielectric constant of a medium is unknown, it is recommended to assume media group B to ensure a reliable measurement. Media groups Media groups DC (r) Example A B C D 1.4 to 1.9 non-conducting liquids, e.g. liquefied gas 1) 1.9 to 4 non-conducting liquids, e.g. benzene, oil, toluene, 4 to 10 e.g. concentrated acids, organic solvents, esters, aniline, alcohol, acetone,

> 10 conducting liquids, e.g. aqueous solutions, dilute acids and alkalis 1) Treat Ammonia NH3 as a medium of group A. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:

the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) 10 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Storage tank Buffer tank Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) A0018833 A0018835 tubes) Antenna size Antenna size 40 mm (1 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) 40 mm (1 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) A0018858 A0018303 A0018863 A0018304 A0019040 Measuring range [m (ft)]

A0018866 Legend Measuring range of the standard version Measuring range for the "Advanced dynamics" application package (product structure: feature 540:

"Application Package", Option EM: "Advanced dynamics") Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 11 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Process tank with agitator Stilling well Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) Antenna size 80 mm (3 in) 40 mm (1 in) 100 mm (4 in) 40 ... 100 mm (1 ... 4 in) A0018837 A0018842 Antenna size A0018867 A0018851 A0018869 Measuring range [m (ft)]

A0018870 Legend Measuring range of the standard version Measuring range for the "Advanced dynamics" application package (product structure: feature 540:

"Application Package", Option EM: "Advanced dynamics") 12 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Operating frequency K-band (~ 26 GHz) Up to 8 Micropilot transmitters can be installed in the same tank because the transmitter pulses are statistically coded. Transmitting power Distance Average energy density in beam direction Standard version With "Advanced dynamics" application package 1) 1 m (3.3 ft)

< 12 nW/cm2 5 m (16 ft)

< 0.4 nW/cm2

< 64 nW/cm2

< 2.5 nW/cm2 1) Product structure, feature 540: "Application package", option EM: "Advanced dynamics"

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 13 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Output Output signal HART Micropilot FMR50 Signal coding Data transmission rate Galvanic isolation FSK 0.5 mA over current signal 1 200 Bit/s Yes Bluetooth wireless technology Device version Ordering feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"

Operation / configuration By the SmartBlue app. Range under reference conditions > 10 m (33 ft) Encryption Encrypted communication and password encryption prevent incorrect operation by unauthorized persons. PROFIBUS PA Signal coding Manchester Bus Powered (MBP) Data transmission rate 31.25 kBit/s, voltage mode Galvanic isolation Yes FOUNDATION Fieldbus Signal coding Manchester Bus Powered (MBP) Data transmission rate 31.25 kBit/s, voltage mode Galvanic isolation Yes Switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:

"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"

Devices with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus always have a switch output. 14 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Switch output Function Open collector switching output Switching behavior Binary (conductive or non-conductive), switches when the programmable switch point is reached Failure mode non-conductive Electrical connection values U = 16 to 35 VDC, I = 0 to 40 mA Internal resistance RI < 880 The voltage drop at this internal resistance has to be taken into account on planning the configuration. For example, the resulting voltage at a connected relay must be sufficient to switch the relay. Insulation voltage floating, Insulation voltage 1 350 VDC to power supply aund 500 VAC to ground Switch point freely programmable, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Switching delay freely programmable from 0 to 100 s, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Number of switching cycles corresponds to the measuring cycle Signal source device variables Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Diagnostic values, Advanced diagnostics Number of switching cycles unlimited Signal on alarm Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:

Current output (for HART devices) Failsafe mode selectable (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43):

Minimum alarm: 3.6 mA Maximum alarm (= factory setting): 22 mA Failsafe mode with user-selectable value: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Local display Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Operating tool via digital communication (HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus) or service interface (CDI) Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Linearization The linearization function of the device allows the conversion of the measured value into any unit of length or volume. Linearization tables for calculating the volume in cylindrical tanks are pre-

programmed. Other linearization tables of up to 32 value pairs can be entered manually or semi-

automatically. Galvanic isolation All circuits for the outputs are galvanically isolated from each other. Protocol-specific data HART Manufacturer ID Device type ID HART specification 17 (0x11) 0x1128 7.0 Device description files (DTM, DD) HART load min. 250 Information and files under:

www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 15 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D HART device variables The measured values can be freely assigned to the device variables. Micropilot FMR50 Measured values for PV (primary variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Measured values for SV, TV, FV (second, third and fourth variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Terminal voltage Relative echo amplitude Absolute echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 16 V 3.6 mA 65 s 14.0 V 4.0 mA 15 s Supported functions Burst mode Additional transmitter status Wireless HART data Minimum start-up voltage Start-up current Start-up time Minimum operating voltage Multidrop current Set-up time PROFIBUS PA Manufacturer ID 17 (0x11) Ident number 0x1559 Profile version 3.02 GSD file GSD file version Output values Information and files under:

www.endress.com www.profibus.org Analog Input:

Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Absolute echo amplitude Relative echo amplitude Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Digital Input:

Digital output AD 1 Digital output AD 2 Switch output 16 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Input values Analog Output:

Analog value from PLC (for sensor block external pressure to compensate gas phase effects) Analog value from PLC to be indicated on the display Digital Output:

Extended diagnostic block Level limiter Sensor block measurement on Sensor block save history on Status output Supported functions Identification & Maintenance Einfachste Gerteidentifizierung seitens des Leitsystems und des Typenschildes Automatic Ident Number Adoption Physical Layer Diagnostics GSD compatibility mode with respect to the preceding product Micropilot M FMR2xx Installation check of the PRFIBUS segment and the Micropilot FMR5x via the terminal voltage and telegram surveillance. PROFIBUS Up-/Download Condensed Status Up to 10 times faster writing and reading of parameters via PROFIBUS up-/download Simple and self-explanatory diagnostic information by categorization of occurring diagnostic messages. FOUNDATION Fieldbus Manufacturer ID Device type Device Revision DD Revision CFF Revision Device Tester Version (ITK Version) ITK Test Campaign Number Link Master (LAS) capable Node address Features supported 0x452B48 0x1028 0x01 6.0.1 IT085300 yes Information and files can be found:

www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org Default: 247 (0xF7) Following methods are supported:

Restart ENP Restart Setup Linearization Self Check Link Master / Basic Device selectable yes; default: Basic Device Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs) Number of VCRs Number of Link Objects in VFD Permanent entries Client VCRs Server VCRs Source VCRs Sink VCRs Subscriber VCRs Publisher VCRs Device Link Capabilities Slot time 44 50 1 0 10 43 0 43 43 4 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 17 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Output values Level or volume 1)

(Channel 1) Distance (Channel 2) no output values Min. inter PDU delay Max. response delay 8 20 Transducer Blocks Block Content Setup Transducer Block Contains all parameters for a standard commissioning procedure Advanced Setup Transducer Block Contains all parameters for a more detailed configuration of the device Display Transducer Block Contains all parameters for the configuration of the display module no output values Contains diagnostic information no output values Diagnostic Transducer Block Advanced Diagnostic Transducer Block Expert Information Transducer Block Contains parameters for the Advanced Diagnostic no output values Expert Configuration Transducer Block Contains parameters which require detailed knowledge of the functionalities of the device no output values Contains information about the state of the device no output values Service Sensor Transducer Block Contains parameters which can only be operated by Endress+Hauser service personnel no output values Service Information Transducer Block Contains information on the state of device which is relevant for service operations no output values Data Transfer Transducer Block Contains parameters which allow to backup the device configuration in the display module and to restore it into the device. Access to these parameters is restricted to the Endress+Hauser service. no output values 1) depending on the configuration of the block Function Blocks Block Content Resource Block The Resource Block contains all the 1

enhanced Number of permanent blocks Number of instantiable blocks Execution time Functionality data that uniquely identifies the field device. It is an electronic version of a nameplate of the device. The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selected by channel number, and makes it available to other function blocks at its output. The DI block takes a discrete input value (e.g. indication of an level limit), and makes it available to other function blocks at its output. This block is used to transfer analog data from the bus into the device 2 1 1 1 Analog Input Block Discrete Input Block Mutiple Analog Output Block Mutiple Discrete Output Block This block is used to transfer discrete data from the bus to the device. 0 3 2 0 0 25 ms enhanced 20 ms standard 20 ms standard 20 ms standard 18 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Block Content Number of permanent blocks Number of instantiable blocks Execution time Functionality PID Block 25 ms standard 1 1 1 1 25 ms standard 25 ms standard 25 ms standard 1 1 25 ms standard Arithmetic Block Signal Characterizer Block Input Selector Block Integrator Block 1 1 1 1 The PID block serves as proportional-integralderivative controller and is used almost universally to do closed-loop-

control in the field including cascade and feedforward. This block is designed to permit simple use of popular measurement math functions. The user does not have to know how to write equations. The math algorithm is selected by name, chosen by the user for the function to be done. The signal characterizer block has two sections, each with an output that is a non-linear function of the respective input. The non-linear function is determined by a single look-up table with 21 arbitrary x-y pairs. The input selector block provides selection of up to four inputs and generates an output based on the configured action. This block normally receives its inputs from AI blocks. The block performs maximum, minimum, middle, average and first good signal selection. The Integrator Function Block integrates a variable as a function of the time or accumulates the counts from a Pulse Input block. The block may be used as a totalizer that counts up until reset or as a batch totalizer that has a setpoint, where the integrated or accumulated value is compared to pre-trip and trip settings, generating discrete signals when these settings are reached. Analog Alarm Block 1 1 25 ms standard Up to 20 blocks can be instantiated in the device altogether, including the blocks already instantiated on delivery. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 19 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Power supply Terminal assignment Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART Micropilot FMR50 2 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART 3 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device A0036498 A0036499 20 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output 4 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output A0036500 A0036501 5 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Switch output (Open Collector) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 21 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA Micropilot FMR50 6 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 Connection current output 1, 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 2, 4-20 mA: terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 2, 4-20 mA: terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 1, 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen 2 3 4 5 A0036500 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 7 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 8 Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification Analog display device; observe maximum load Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N), current output 2; observe terminal voltage A0036502 22 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 8 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART (active): terminals 3 and 4 Connection supply voltage: terminals 1 and 2 Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 9 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) Evaluation unit, e.g. PLC HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Supply voltage; observe terminal voltage, observe cable specification A0036516 A0036526 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 23 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) Micropilot FMR50 A0036519 10 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART (active): terminals 3 and 4 Connection supply voltage: terminals 1 and 2 Terminal for cable screen LCAUTION To ensure electrical safety:

Do not disconnect the protective connection. Disconnect the supply voltage before disconnecting the protective earth. Connect protective earth to the internal ground terminal (3) before connecting the supply voltage. If necessary, connect the potential matching line to the external ground terminal. In order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC): Do not only ground the device via the protective earth conductor of the supply cable. Instead, the functional grounding must also be connected to the process connection (flange or threaded connection) or to the external ground terminal. An easily accessible power switch must be installed in the proximity of the device. The power switch must be marked as a disconnector for the device (IEC/EN61010). 24 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) 11 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) Evaluation unit, e.g. PLC HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable scree; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Supply voltage; observe terminal voltage, observe cable specification A0036527 Terminal assignment PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus 12 Terminal assignment PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen 2 3 4 5 A0036500 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 25 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 A0036530 Block diagram PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus 13 Block diagram PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable screen; observe cable specifications Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1 2 3 Measuring device 4 Switch output (open collector) 26 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Connection examples for the switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:

"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output"

Devices with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus always have a switch output. 14 Connection of a relay Suitable relays (examples):

Solid-state relay: Phoenix Contact OV-24DC/480AC/5 with mounting rail connector UMK-1 OM-R/AMS Electromechanical relay: Phoenix Contact PLC-RSC-12DC/21 1 2 Pull-up resistor Digital input A0015909 15 Connection of a digital input A0015910 For optimum interference immunity we recommend to connect an external resistor (internal resistance of the relay or Pull-up resistor) of < 1 000 . Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 27 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Device plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening the housing. Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector Micropilot FMR50 Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector Pin Meaning Pin 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 A0011175 A0011176 Meaning Signal +

not connected Signal -

Ground Signal -

Signal +

Not connected Screen 28 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Supply voltage An external power supply is required. Various supply units can be ordered from Endress+Hauser: see "Accessories" section 94 2-wire, 4-20mA HART, passive

"Power Supply, Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex ic CSA GP Ex ia / IS Terminal voltage U at the device 10.4 to 35 V 3) 4) 5) 10.4 to 30 V 3) 4) 5) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit 13 to 35 V 5) 6) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ic(ia) Ex nA(ia) Ex ta / DIP Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 13 to 30 V 5) 6) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -20 C (-4 F) a minimum voltage of 15 V is required for the sartup of the device at the minimum error current (3,6 mA). The startup current can be parametrized. If the device is operated with a fixed current I 5,5 mA (HART multidrop mode), a voltage of U 10,4 V is sufficient throughout the entire range of ambient temperatures. In the current simulation mode a voltage U 12.5 V is required. If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. For ambient temperatures Ta -20 C (-4 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit

"Power Supply, Output" 1) B: 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output Terminal voltage U at the device 13 to 35 V 3) 4)

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 13 to 30 V 3) 4) 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -30 C (-22 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 29 A0017140 A0034771 A0034771 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

"Power Supply, Output" 1)

"Approval" 2) Terminal voltage U at the Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA any device 13 to 28 V 3) 4) Micropilot FMR50 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -30 C (-22 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. A0034841 Polarity reversal protection Yes Admissible residual ripple at f = 0 to 100 Hz USS < 1 V Admissible residual ripple at f = 100 to 10000 Hz USS < 10 mV 30 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 4-wire, 4-20mA HART, active

"Power supply; Output" 1) Terminal voltage Maximum load Rmax K: 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART 90 to 253 VAC (50 to 60 Hz), overvoltage category II 500 L: 4-wire 10,4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART 10.4 to 48 VDC Terminal voltage 9 to 32 V 3)

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 9 to 30 V 3) Power consumption Power consumption

< 0.9 W

< 0.9 W

< 2 x 0.7 W 6 VA 1.3 W Current consumption HART 3.6 to 22 mA, the start-up current for multidrop mode can be parametrized (is set to 3.6 mA on delivery) adjustable: 3.59 to 22.5 mA 1) Feature 020 of the product structure PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus

"Power supply; Output" 1) E: 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus, switch output G: 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA, switch output 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure Input voltages up to 35 V will not spoil the device. Polarity sensitive FISCO/FNICO compliant according to IEC 60079-27 No Yes

"Power supply; Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART B: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA K: 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART L: 4-wire 10,4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART 1) Feature 020 of the product structure Nominal current Breakdown signal

(NAMUR NE43) PROFIBUS PA Nominal current Failure current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic) 14 mA 0 mA Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 31 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Device basic current Failure current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic) 15 mA 0 mA FISCO Ui Ii Pi Ci Li 17.5 V 550 mA 5.5 W 5 nF 10 H Power supply failure Configuration is retained in the HistoROM (EEPROM). Error messages (incl. value of operated hours counter) are stored. Potential equalization No special measures for potential equalization are required. If the device is designed for hazardous areas, observe the information in the documentation

"Safety Instructions" (XA). Terminals Without integrated overvoltage protection Plug-in spring terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) With integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Cable entries Connection of power supply and signal line To be selected in feature 050 "Electrical connection"

Gland M20; Material dependent on the approval:

For Non-Ex, ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI Ex ia/ic:

Plastics M20x1.5 for cable 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in) For Dust-Ex, FM IS, CSA IS, CSA GP, Ex nA:

For Ex d:

No gland available Thread

" NPT G "

M20 1.5 Plug M12 / Plug 7/8"

Only available for Non-Ex, Ex ic, Ex ia Connection of remote display FHX50 Feature 030 "Display, Operation"

Cable entry for FHX50 connection L: "Prepared for display FHX50 + M12 connection"

M12 socket M: "Prepared for display FHX50 + M16 gland, custom connection"

M12 cable gland N: "Prepared for display FHX50 + NPT1/2 thread, custom connection"

NPT1/2 thread Cable specification Devices without integrated overvoltage protection Pluggable spring-force terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) Devices with integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) For ambient temperature TU60 C (140 F): use cable for temperature TU +20 K. 32 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Overvoltage protection If the measuring device is used for level measurement in flammable liquids which requires the use of overvoltage protection according to DIN EN 60079-14, standard for test procedures 60060-1 (10 kA, pulse 8/20 s), an overvoltage protection module has to be installed. A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal is used. A shielded cable is recommended if using the HART protocol. Observe grounding concept of the For 4-wire devices: Standard device cable is sufficient for the power line. HART plant. PROFIBUS Use a twisted, screened two-wire cable, preferably cable type A. For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00034S

"PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning", PNO Guideline 2.092

"PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline" and IEC 61158-2 (MBP). FOUNDATION Fieldbus Endress+Hauser recommends using twisted, shielded two-wire cables. For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00013S

"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2 (MBP). Integrated overvoltage protection module An integrated overvoltage protection module is available for 2-wire HART as well as PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Technical data Resistance per channel Threshold DC voltage Threshold impulse voltage Capacitance at 1 MHz Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s) 2 0.5 max. 400 to 700 V

< 800 V

< 1.5 pF 10 kA External overvoltage protection module HAW562 or HAW569 from Endress+Hauser are suited as external overvoltage protection. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 33 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Reference operating conditions Performance characteristics Temperature = +24 C (+75 F) 5 C (9 F) Pressure = 960 mbar abs. (14 psia) 100 mbar (1.45 psi) Humidity = 60 % 15 %

Reflector: metal plate with a minimum diameter of 1 m (40 in) No major interference reflections inside the signal beam Maximum measured error Typical data under reference operating conditions: DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1;

percentage values in relation to the span. Device Value Output digital analog 1) 2 mm (0.08 in) 0.02 %

FMR50 Standard version FMR50 Version with application package

"Advanced dynamics" 2) Sum of non-

linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis Sum of non-

linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis Offset/Zero 4 mm (0.2 in) 0.03 %

3 mm (0.12 in) 0.02 %

Offset/Zero 4 mm (0.2 in) 0.03 %

1) 2) Only relevant for 4-20mA current output; add error of the analog value to the digital value. Product structure: Feature 540 "Application Package", Option EM "Advanced dynamics"

Differing values in near-range applications 16 Maximum measured error in near-range applications; values for standard version A0019041 Maximum measured error A Lower edge of the antenna Distance from the lower edge A of the antenna D R Reference point of the distance measurement 34 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 17 Maximum measured error in near-range applications; values for version with the "Advanced dynamics"

A0019042 Measured value resolution Dead band according to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1:

application package Maximum measured error Lower edge of the antenna A Distance from the lower edge A of the antenna D R Reference point of the distance measurement digital: 1 mm analog: 1 A Reaction time The reaction time can be parametrized. The following step response times (as per DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1) 1)are valid if the damping is switched off:

Tank height

< 10 m (33 ft)

< 40 m (132 ft) Sampling rate Step response time 3.6 s1 2.7 s1

< 0.8 s

< 1 s Influence of ambient temperature The measurements are carried out in accordance with DIN EN IEC 61298-3 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 Digital (HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus):

Standard version: average TK = 2 mm/10 K Version with advanced dynamics 2): average TK = 3 mm/10 K Analog (current output):

zero point (4 mA): average TK = 0.02 %/10 K span (20 mA): average TK = 0.05 %/10 K 1) 2) According to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 the response time is the time which passes after a sudden change of the input signal until the output signal for the first time assumes 90% of the steady-state value. Feature 540 "Application Package", option EM Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 35 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Installation Installation conditions Mounting position Micropilot FMR50 Recommended distance A from wall to outer edge of nozzle: ~ 1/6 of tank diameter. Nevertheless the device should not be installed closer than 15 cm (5.91 in) to the tank wall. Not in the center (2), as interference can cause signal loss. Not above the fill stream (3). It is recommended to us a weather protection cover (1) in order to protect the device from direct sun or rain. Vessel installations Avoid any installations (point level switches, temperature sensors, braces, vacuum rings, heating coils, baffles etc.) inside the signal beam. Take into account the beam angle 38. A0016882 A0018944 36 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Reduction of interference echoes Metallic screens mounted at a slope spread the radar signal and can, therefore, reduce interference echoes. A0016890 Measurement in a plastic vessel If the outer wall of the vessel is made of a non-conductive material (e.g. GRP), microwaves can also be reflected off interfering installations outside the vessel (e.g. metallic pipes (1), ladders (2), grates

(3), ...). Therefore, there should be no such interfering installations in the signal beam. Please contact Endress+Hauser for further information. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 A0017123 37 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Optimization options Antenna size Antenna alignment Stilling well Beam angle The bigger the antenna, the smaller the beam angle and the fewer interference echoes 38. Mapping The measurement can be optimized by means of electronic suppression of interference echoes. Take into account the marker on the flange or threaded connection 40 41. A stilling well can be applied to avoid interferences 44. Metallic screens mounted at a slope They spread the radar signals and can, therefore, reduce interference echoes. 18 Relationship between beam angle , distance D and beamwidth diameter W A0016891 The beam angle is defined as the angle where the energy density of the radar waves reaches half the value of the maximum energy density (3-dB-width). Microwaves are also emitted outside the signal beam and can be reflected off interfering installations. Beam diameter W as a function of beam angle and measuring distance D:

Measuring distance (D) Beamwidth diameter W Antenna size Beam angle 3 m (9.8 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 9 m (30 ft) 12 m (39 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) FMR50 40 mm (1 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) 23 10 8 1.22 m (4 ft) 0.53 m (1.7 ft) 0.42 m (1.4 ft) 2.44 m (8 ft) 1.05 m (3.4 ft) 0.84 m (2.8 ft) 3.66 m (12 ft) 1.58 m (5.2 ft) 1.26 m (4.1 ft) 4.88 m (16 ft) 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 1.68 m (5.5 ft) 6.1 m (20 ft) 2.63 m (8.6 ft) 2.10 m (6.9 ft) 8.14 m (27 ft) 3.50 m (11 ft) 2.80 m (9.2 ft) 10.17 m (33 ft) 4.37 m (14 ft) 3.50 m (11 ft)

5.25 m (17 ft) 4.20 m (14 ft) 6.12 m (20 ft) 4.89 m (16 ft) 7.00 m (23 ft) 5.59 m (18 ft) 38 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Measuring conditions In case of boiling surfaces, bubbling or tendency for foaming use FMR53 or FMR54. Depending on its consistence, foam can either absorb microwaves or reflect them off the foam surface. Measurement is possible under certain conditions. For FMR50, FMR51 and FMR52, the additional option "Advanced dynamics" is recommended in these cases (feature 540: "Application Package", option EM). In case of heavy steam development or condensate, the maximum measuring range of FMR50, FMR51 and FMR52 may decrease depending on density, temperature and composition of the steam use FMR53 or FMR54. For the measurement of absorbing gases such as ammonia NH3 or some fluorocarbons 3), please use Levelflex or Micropilot FMR54 in a stilling well. The measuring range begins, where the beam hits the tank bottom. Particularly with dish bottoms or conical outlets the level cannot be detected below this point. In stilling well applications, the electromagnetic waves do not propagate completely outside the tube. It must be taken into account that the accuracy may be reduced in the area C. In order to guarantee the required accuracy in these cases, it is recommended to position the zero-point at a distance C above the end of the tube (see figure). In case of media with a low dielectric constant (r = 1.5 to 4) 4) the tank bottom can be visible through the medium at low levels (low height C). Reduced accuracy has to be expected in this range. If this is not acceptable, we recommend positioning the zero point at a distance C (see figure) above the tank bottom in these applications. In principle it is possible to measure up to the tip of the antenna with FMR51, FMR53 and FMR54. However, due to considerations regarding corrosion and build-up, the end of the measuring range should not be chosen any closer than A (see figure) to the tip of the antenna. When using FMR54 with planar antenna, especially for media with low dielectric constants, the end of the measuring range should not be closer than A: 1 m (3.28 ft) to the flange. The smallest possible measuring range B depends on the antenna version (see figure). The tank height should be at least H (see table). Device FMR50 150 (

5.91) A [mm (in)]

B [m (ft)]

C [mm (in)]

> 0.2 (0.7) 50 to 250 (1.97 to 9.84) A0018872 H [m (ft)]

> 0.3 (1.0) 3) 4) Affected compounds are e.g. R134a, R227, Dymel 152a. Dielectric constants of important media commonly used in various industries are summarized in the DC manual (CP01076F) and in the Endress

+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS). Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 39 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Installation in vessel (free space) Horn antenna encapsulated (FMR50) Alignment Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. A marking at the threaded connection enables alignment of the antenna. This marking must be aligned towards the tank wall as well as possible. Depending on the device version the marking may be a circle or two short parallel lines. Nozzle mounting For optimum measurement, the tip of the antenna should extend below the nozzle. This is achieved by a nozzle height up to Hmax = 60 mm (2.36 in). A0019434 19 Nozzle height for horn antenna, encapsulated (FMR50); Hmax = 60 mm (2.36 in) A0016806 Conditions for longer nozzles If the medium has good reflective properties, higher nozzles can be accepted. In this case the maximum nozzle height, Hmax, is dependent on the nozzle diameter, D:

40 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 A0023612 Nozzle diameter D Maximum nozzle height Hmax 40 mm (1.5 in) 50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) 150 mm (6 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 250 mm (9.9 in) 300 mm (11.8 in) 400 mm (15.8 in) 500 mm (19.7 in) If the antenna doesn't extend below the nozzle, observe the following:

The nozzle end must be smooth and free of burrs. If possible its edge should be rounded. An interference echo suppression must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with higher nozzles than those indicated in the table. Threaded connection Tighten with the hexagonal nut only. Tool : 50 mm hexagonal wrench Maximum permissible torque: 35 Nm (26 lbf ft) Horn antenna with slip-on flange (FMR50) Alignment When using the Micropilot with a slip-on flange in explosion-hazardous areas, strictly observe all specifications in the relevant Safety Instructions (XA). Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. Optionally, a variable flange seal, which is available as an accessory, can be used for alignment

(see Technical Information BA01048F, chapter "Accessories"). A marking at the feedthrough enables alignment of the antenna. This marking must be aligned towards the tank wall as well as possible. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 41 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 A0019439 A0016868 Depending on the device version the marking may be a circle or two short parallel lines. Nozzle mounting 20 Nozzle height and diameter for horn antenna with slip-on flange Nozzle diameter D Maximum nozzle height Hmax 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) 150 mm (6 in) 300 mm (11.8 in) 400 mm (15.8 in) 500 mm (19.7 in) 42 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Horn antenna with mounting bracket (FMR50) 21 Installation of the horn antenna with mounting bracket A0016865 Align the antenna vertically to the product surface using the mounting bracket. NOTICE The mounting bracket has no conductive connection to the transmitter housing. Danger of electrostatic charge Connect the mounting bracket to the local potential equalization system. Measurement from the outside through plastic walls (FMR50/FMR51) Dielectric constant of the medium: r > 10 If possible, use an antenna 100 mm (4 in). The distance from the lower edge of the antenna to the tank ceiling should be about 100 mm (4 in). elements. If possible, avoid mounting locations where condensation or build-up might occur. In case of outdoor mounting, the space between antenna and vessel has to be protected from the Do not mount any potential reflectors (e.g. pipes) outside the tank in the signal beam. Suitable thickness of the tank ceiling:

Penetrated material DK / r PE 2.3 PTFE 2.1 PP 2.3 Perspex 3.1 Optimum thickness 1) 3.8 mm (0.15 in) 4.0 mm (0.16 in) 3.8 mm (0.15 in) 3.3 mm (0.13 in) 1) Other possible values for the thickness are multiples of the values listed (e.g. for PE: 7,6 mm (0.3 in), 11,4 mm (0.45 in) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 43 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Installation in stilling well Micropilot FMR50 22 Installation in stilling well 1 Marking for antenna alignment A0016841 For horn antenna: Align the marking towards the slots of the stilling well. Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to facilitate access to the display and the terminal compartment. Recommendations for the stilling well Metal (no enamel coating; plastic on request). Constant diameter. Diameter of stilling well not larger than antenna diameter. Diameter difference between horn antenna and inner diameter of the stilling well as small as possible. Weld seam as smooth as possible and on the same axis as the slots. Slots offset 180 (not 90). Slot width or diameter of holes max. 1/10 of pipe diameter, de-burred. Length and number do not have any influence on the measurement. Select horn antenna as big as possible. For intermedaite sizes (e.g. 180 mm (7 in)) select next larger antenna and adapt it mechanically (for horn antennas) At any transition (i.e. when using a ball valve or mending pipe segments), no gap may be left exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). The stilling well must be smooth on the inside (average roughness Rz 6.3 m (248 in)). Use extruded or parallel welded metal pipe. An extension of the pipe is possible with welded flanges or pipe sleeves. Flange and pipe have to be properly aligned at the inside. Do not weld through the pipe wall. The inside of the stilling well must remain smooth. In case of unintentional welding through the pipe, the weld seam and any unevenness on the inside need to be carefully removed and smoothened. Otherwise, strong interference echoes will be generated and material build-up will be promoted. In the case of smaller nominal widths flanges must be welded to the pipe such that they allow for a correct orientation (marker aligned toward slots). 44 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Examples for the construction of stilling wells A0019009 Stilling well with slots Full bore ball valve A Micropilot FMR50/FMR51: Horn 40mm(1") B Micropilot FMR50/FMR51/FMR52/FMR54: Horn 80mm(3") C D 1 Marking for axial alignment 2 3 4 5 6 7 Threaded connection e.g. welding neck flange DIN2633 hole max. 1/10 stilling well hole max. 1/10 stilling well; single sided or drilled through Inside of holes deburred Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter; avoid edges and constrictions. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 45 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Installation in bypass Micropilot FMR50 23 Installation in bypass 1 Marking for antenna alignment 2 Tank connectors A0019446 Align the marker perpendicular (90) to the tank connectors. Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to simplify access to the display and the terminal compartment. Recommendations for the bypass pipe Metal (no plastic or enamel coating). Constant diameter. Select horn antenna as big as possible. For intermediate sizes (e.g. 95 mm (3.5 in)) select next larger antenna and adapt it mechanically (for horn antennas). Diameter difference between horn antenna and inner diameter of the bypass as small as possible. At any transition (i.e. when using a ball valve or mending pipe segments), no gap may be created In the area of the tank connections (~ 20 cm (7.87 in)) a reduced accuracy of the measurement exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). has to be expected. 46 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Example for the construction of a bypass Full bore ball valve A Micropilot FMR50/FMR51/FMR52/FMR54: Horn 80mm(3") B C Minimum distance to upper connection pipe: 400 mm (15,7 in) 1 Marking for axial alignment 2 3 4 5 e.g. welding neck flange DIN2633 Diameter of the connection pipes as small as possible Do not weld through the pipe wall; the inside of the bypass must remain smooth. Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter. Avoid edges and constrictions. A0019010 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 47 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Container with heat insulation Micropilot FMR50 If process temperatures are high, the device should be included in the usual container insulation system (2) to prevent the electronics from heating as a result of thermal radiation or convection. The insulation should not be higher than the neck of the device (1). A0032207 48 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Environment Ambient temperature range Measuring device 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F); 50 C (58 F) with manufacturer declaration on request Local display 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F), the readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Remote display FHX50 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Remote display FHX50

(option) 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), increased failure rates have to be expected. When operating the device in the open with strong sunlight:

Mount the device in a shady position. Avoid direct sunlight, especially in warmer regions. Use a weather protection cover (see accessories). Ambient temperature limits The following diagrams take into account only functional aspects. There may be further restrictions for certified device versions. Please refere to the separate Safety Instructions 95. With a temperature (Tp) at the process connection the admissible ambient temperature (Ta) is reduced according to the following diagram (temperature derating):

Information concerning the derating tables Option Meaning A B C E G K L 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 2-wire; FF, switch output 2-wire; PA, switch output 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20 mA HART 4-wire 10, 4-48VDC; 4-20 mA HART FMR50 Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 80 76 60 80

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(176)

(167)

(176) Tp 80 76 60 80 Ta 80 76 60 80 Tp 80 80 80 80 Ta 80 75 58 80 Tp 80 80 80 80

(140)

(140)

(140)

(176)

(136)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

A0019351

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 49 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 FMR50 Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used FMR50 Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 A0019351 Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta

(165)

(165)

(165)

(176)

(163)

(176)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(176)

(174)

(176)

(145)

(145)

(145)

(176)

(140)

(176)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 74 79 63 Ta 80 80 77 80 79 80 78 77 Tp 74 79 63 Tp 80 80 77 80 79 80 78 77 Ta 74 79 63 Ta 80 80 77 80 79 80 78 77 Tp 80 80 80 Tp 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Ta 73 79 60 Ta 80 80 76 80 79 80 78 77 Tp 80 80 80 Tp 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(176)

(169)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(176)

(174)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(176)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(176)

(172)

(176)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(176)

(171)

(176)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta A0019351 Storage temperature 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 50 C (58 F) with manufacturer declaration on request Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD) Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 Generally up to 2 000 m (6 600 ft) above MSL. Above 2 000 m (6 600 ft) if the following conditions are met:

Ordering feature 020 "Power supply; Output" = A, B, C, E or G (2-wire versions) Supply voltage U < 35 V Supply voltage of overvoltage category 1 50 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Degree of protection With closed housing tested according to:

IP68, NEMA6P (24 h at 1.83 m under water surface) For plastic housing with transparent cover (display module): IP68 (24 h at 1.00 m under water surface) 5) IP66, NEMA4X With open housing: IP20, NEMA1 Display module: IP22, NEMA2 Degree of protection IP68 NEMA6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is plugged in and is also rated IP68 NEMA6P. Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 / IEC 60068-2-64: 20 to 2 000 Hz, 1 (m/s2)2/Hz Cleaning the antenna The antenna can get contaminated, depending on the application. The emission and reception of microwaves can thus eventually be hindered. The degree of contamination leading to an error depends on the medium and the reflectivity, mainly determined by the dielectric constant r. If the medium tends to cause contamination and deposits, cleaning on a regular basis is recommended. Care has to be taken not to damage the antenna in the process of a mechanical or hose-down cleaning. The material compatibility has to be considered if cleaning agents are used! The maximum permitted temperature at the flange should not be exceeded. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility to all relevant requirements of the EN 61326- series and NAMUR recommendation EMC (NE21). For details see declaration of conformity. 6). If only the analogue signal is used, unshielded interconnection lines are sufficient for the installation. In case of using the digital signal (HART/ PA/ FF) use shielded interconnection lines. Max. fluctuations during EMC- tests: < 0.5 % of the span. As an exception to this, the maximum fluctuations may amount to 2 % of the span for devices with plastic housing and see-through lid

(integrated display SD02 or SD03) if strong electromagnetic interferences in the frequenency range of 1 to 2 GHz are present. 5) 6) This restriction is valid if the following options of the product structure have been selected at the same time: 030 ("Display, Operation") = C

("SD02") or E ("SD03"); 040 ("Housing") = A ("GT19"). Can be downloaded from www.endress.com. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 51 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Process Process temperature, Process pressure FMR50 Micropilot FMR50 24 FMR50: Admissible range of process temperature and process pressure A0032615 1 2 Process connection: Flange Process connection: Thread Feature 100 "Process Connection"

Admissible process pressure Admissible process temperature GGF: Thread ISO228 G1-1/2 RGF: Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2 40 to +130 C

(40 to +266 F) prel = 1 to 3 bar (14.5 to 43.5 psi) pabs < 4 bar (58 psi) 1). XWG: UNI slip-on flange 3"/DN80/80 XZG: UNI slip-on flange 4"/DN100/100 40 to +80 C

(40 to +176 F) X0G: UNI slip-on flange 6"/DN150/150 1) For devices with CRN approval the pressure range may be reduced 75 Dielectric constant For liquids r 1.9 in free-field applications r 1.4 in stilling well For bulk solids r 1.6 For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:

the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) 52 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Mechanical construction Dimensions Dimensions of the electronics housing 25 Housing GT19 (Plastics PBT); Dimensions in mm (in)

*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 26 Housing GT20 (Alu coated); Dimensions in mm (in)

*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. A0011346 A0020751 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 53 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 A0023372 FMR50 with thread 27 FMR50 with thread; dimensions: mm (in) R Reference point of the measurement Valid for the following device versions Feature 100 "Process connection"

GGF: Thread ISO228 G1-1/2, PVDF RGF: Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, PVDF Feature 070 "Antenna"

BM: Horn 40mm/1-1/2", PVDF encapsulated 54 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 FMR50 with mounting bracket or customer side connection 28 FMR50 without process connection; dimensions: mm (in) R Reference point of the measurement A0017747 Feature 100 "Process connection"

UAE Mounting bracket XRO: Customer side connection Feature 070 "Antenna"

BN: Horn 80mm/3"

a b c d 138 mm (5.43 in) 15 mm (0.59 in) 107 mm (4.21 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) Feature 070 "Antenna"

BR: Horn 100mm/4"

151 mm (5.94 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 127 mm (5 in) 135 mm (5.31 in) 29 Mounting bracket for FMR50/FMR56; dimensions: mm (in) A Mounting bracket aligned for roof mounting B Mounting bracket aligned for wall mounting A0017746 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 55 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR50 with slip-on flange 3"/DN80 Micropilot FMR50 30 FMR50 with slip-on flange 3"/DN80; dimensions: mm (in) R Reference point of the measurement A0023377 Valid for the following device versions Feature 100 "Process connection"

XWG: UNI slip-on flange 3"/DN80, PP Feature 070 "Antenna"

BN: Horn 80mm/3", PP cladded The UNI slip-on flange is suitable for:

ASME: NPS 3" Cl.150 EN: DN80 PN16 JIS: 10K 80 56 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 FMR50 with slip-on flange 4"/DN100 A0023379 31 FMR50 with slip-on flange 4"/DN100; dimensions: mm (in) A B R Horn antenna 100mm/4" (without adapter ring) Horn antenna 80mm/3" (with adapter ring) Reference point of the measurement Valid for the following device versions Feature 100 "Process connection":

XZG: UNI slip-on flange 4"/DN100 Feature 070 "Antenna":

BR: Horn 100mm/4", PP cladded (diagram A) BN: Horn 80mm/3", PP cladded (diagram B) The UNI slip-on flange is suitable for:

ASME: NPS 4" Cl.150 EN: DN100 PN16 JIS: 10K 100 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 57 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR50 with slip-on flange 6"/DN150 Micropilot FMR50 32 FMR50 with slip-on flange 6"/DN150; dimensions: mm (in) A B R Horn antenna 100mm/4"

Horn antenna 80mm/3"

Reference point of the measurement A0023380 Weight Valid for the following device versions Feature 100 "Process connection":

X0G: UNI slip-on flange 6"/DN150, PP Feature 070 "Antenna":

BR: Horn 100mm/4", PP cladded (Diagramm A) BN: Horn 80mm/3", PP cladded (Diagramm B) The UNI slip-on flange is suitable for:

ASME: NPS 6" Cl.150 EN: DN150 PN16 JIS: 10K 150 Housing Part Housing GT19 - plastic Housing GT20 - aluminium Weight approx. 1.2 kg (2.7 lb) approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) Antenna and process connection Device FMR50 Weight of antenna and process connection max. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) + weight of flange 1) 1) For the weight of the flange refer to Technical Information TI00426F. 58 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Materials: GT19 housing

(plastic) No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment Material PBT 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 4 Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

(depending on the device version) A0013788 Cover glass: PC Cover frame: PBT-PC Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: PBT Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

the device version) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn 6 7 8 Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Screw: A2 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) 9 Adhesive nameplate Plastic 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 59 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Materials: GT20 housing

(die-cast aluminum, powder-

coated) Micropilot FMR50 Nr. Part Material 1 Housing, RAL 5012 (blue) 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment; RAL 7035

(gray) 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment; RAL 7035

(gray) Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

(depending on the device version) A0036037 Housing: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Coating: Polyester Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Window: Glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

the device version) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug : Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) 3 4 6 7 60 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Nr. Part 8 Ground terminal Material Screw: A2 Spring washer: A2 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) 9 Adhesive nameplate Plastic 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Materials: Antenna and process connection FMR50 A0018949 A B C D Standard version with mounting bracket Horn antenna with slip-on flange Horn antenna with flange and adapter ring Threaded version Pos. Part 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Focusing lense Seal Horn Housing adapter Mounting bracket Screw Nordlock washer Slip-on flange Flange + adapter ring Screw Seal Housing adapter Schrew-in adapter Material PP VMQ PBT 304 (1.4301) 304 (1.4301) A2 A4 PP PP A2 FKM PBT PVDF Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 61 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 A0015473 Materials: Weather protection cover No Part: Material Protection cover: 316L (1.4404) Molded rubber part (4x): EPDM Clamping screw: 316L (1.4404) + carbon fibre 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bracket: 316L (1.4404) Ground terminal Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Washer: A4 Cheese head screw: A4-70 62 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Operating concept Operability Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks Commissioning Operation Diagnostics Expert level Operating languages English Deutsch Franais Espaol Italiano Nederlands Portuguesa Polski

(Russian) Svenska Trke

(Chinese)

(Japanese)

(Korean) Bahasa Indonesia ting Vit (Vietnamese) etina (Czech) Feature 500 of the product structure determines which of these languages is preset on delivery. Quick and save commissioning Interactive wizard with graphical interface for easy commissioning via FieldCare/DeviceCare Menu guidance with brief explanations of the individual parameter functions Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools Integrated data storage device (HistoROM) Enables transfer of configuration when changing electronic modules Records up to 100 event messages in the device Records up to 1000 measured values in the device Saves the signal curve on commissioning which can later be used as a reference. Efficient diagnostics increase measurement reliability Remedy information is integrated in plain text Diverse simulation options and line recorder functions Integrated Bluetooth module (option for HART devices) Easy and fast setup via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (Fraunhofer-Institut, third party, tested) and password-protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 63 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Local operation Operation with Pushbuttons Order code for

"Display;

Operation"

Option C "SD02"

Touch Control Option E "SD03"

Micropilot FMR50 Display elements 4-line display A0036312 A0036313 4-line display white background lighting; switches to red in event of device error Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individually configured Permitted ambient temperature for the display: 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Operating elements local operation with 3 push buttons (, , ) external operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , , Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas Additional functionality Data backup function The device configuration can be saved in the display module. Data comparison function The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current device configuration. Data transfer function The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display module. Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 33 FHX50 operating options 1 2 Display and operating module SD03, optical keys; can be operated through the glass of the cover Display and operating module SD02, push buttons; cover must be removed A0036314 64 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology Requirements 34 Device with Bluetooth module 1 2 Electronics housing of the device Bluetooth module This operation option is only available for devices with Bluetooth module. There are the following options:

The device has been ordered with a Bluetooth module:

Feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"

The Bluetooth module has been ordered as an accessory (ordering number: 71377355) and has been mounted. See Special Documentation SD02252F. Operation via SmartBlue (app) A0036790 A0034939 35 Operation via SmartBlue (app) 1 2 3 Transmitter power supply unit Smartphone / tablet with SmartBlue (app) Transmitter with Bluetooth module Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 65 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Remote operation Via HART protocol Micropilot FMR50 36 Options for remote operation via HART protocol 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor) Connection for Commubox FXA191, FXA195 and Field Communicator 375, 475 Field Communicator 475 Computer with operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare , AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) Commubox FXA191 (RS232) or FXA195 (USB) Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable Transmitter Via PROFIBUS PA protocol A0036169 A0036301 37 Options for remote operation via PROFIBUS PA protocol 1 2 3 4 5 Segment coupler Computer with Profiboard/Proficard and operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare PLC (Progrommable Logic Controller) Transmitter Additional functions (valves etc.) 66 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Via FOUNDATION Fieldbus 38 FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture with associated components A0017188 1 2 3 4 FFblue Bluetooth modem Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 DeviceCare/FieldCare NI-FF interface card IN FF-HSE FF-H1 LD PS SB BT Industrial network High Speed Ethernet FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1 Linking Device FF-HSE/FF-H1 Bus Power Supply Safety Barrier Bus Terminator Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 67 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) Micropilot FMR50 39 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) 1 2 3 Service interface (CDI) of the instrument (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) Commubox FXA291 Computer with DeviceCare/FieldCare operating tool A0032466 68 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Integration in tank gauging system The Endress+Hauser Tank Side Monitor NRF81 provides integrated communications for sites with multiple tanks, each with one or more sensors on the tank, such as radar, spot or average temperature, capacitive probe for water detection and/or pressure sensors. Multiple protocols out of the Tank Side Monitor guarantee connectivity to nearly any of the existing industry standard tank gauging protocols. Optional connectivity of analog 4...20 mA sensors, digital I/O and analog output simplify full tank sensor integration. Use of the proven concept of the intrinsically safe HART bus for all on-tank sensors yields extremely low wiring costs, while at the same time providing maximum safety, reliability and data availability. 40 The complete measuring system consists of:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tankvision workstation Commubox FXA195 (USB) - optional Computer with operating tool (ControlCare) - optional Level measuring device Temperature measuring device Tank Side Monitor NRF81 Pressure measuring device Tankvision Tank Scanner NXA820 A0017982 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 69 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 SupplyCare inventory management software SupplyCare is a web-based operating program for coordinating the flow of material and information along the supply chain. SupplyCare provides a comprehensive overview of the levels of geographically distributed tanks and silos, for instance, providing complete transparency over the current inventory situation, regardless of time and location. Based on the measuring and transmission technology installed onsite, the current inventory data are collected and sent to SupplyCare. Critical levels are clearly indicated and calculated forecasts provide additional security for material requirements planning. Event management Alarms Delivery planning Analysis The main functions of SupplyCare:

Inventory visualization SupplyCare determines the inventory levels in tanks and silos at regular intervals. It displays current and historical inventory data and calculated forecasts of future demand. The overview page can be configured to suit the user's preferences. Master data management Report Configurator With SupplyCare you can create and manage the master data for locations, companies, tanks, products and users, as well as user authorization. The Report Configurator can be used to create personalized reports quickly and easily. The reports can be saved in a variety of formats, such as Excel, PDF, CSV and XML. The reports can be transmitted in many ways, such as by http, ftp or e-mail. Events, such as when levels drop below the safety stock level or plan points, are indicated by the software. In addition, SupplyCare can also notify pre-defined users by e-mail. If technical problems occur, e.g. connection issues, alarms are triggered and alarm e-mails are sent to the System Administrator and the Local System Administrator. The integrated delivery planning function automatically generates an order proposal if a pre-set minimum inventory level is undershot. Scheduled deliveries and disposals are monitored continuously by SupplyCare. SupplyCare notifies the user if scheduled deliveries and disposals are not going to be met as planned. In the Analysis module, the most important indicators for the inflow and outflow of the individual tanks are calculated and displayed as data and charts. Key indicators of material management are automatically calculated and form the basis for optimizing the delivery and storage process. All the tanks and the tank inventories are represented graphically on a map (based on Google Maps). The tanks and inventory situations can be filtered by tank group, product, supplier or location. The multi-language user interface supports 9 languages, thereby enabling global collaboration on a single platform. The language and settings are recognized automatically using the browser settings. Geographical visualization Multi-language support SupplyCare Enterprise SupplyCare Enterprise runs by default as a service under Microsoft Windows on an application server in an Apache Tomcat environment. The operators and administrators operate the application via a Web browser from their workstations. 70 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 41 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B A0034288 SupplyCare Enterprise (via Web browser) SupplyCare Enterprise installation SupplyCare Enterprise on mobile devices (via Web browser) Ethernet/WLAN/UMTS Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 71 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Cloud-based application: SupplyCare Hosting SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (software as a service). Here, the software is installed within the Endress+Hauser IT infrastructure and made available to the user in the Endress

+Hauser portal. A0034289 42 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 SupplyCare Hosting installation in Endress+Hauser data center PC workstation with Internet connection 1 2 3 Warehouse locations with Internet connection via 2G/3G with FXA42 or FXA30 4 Warehouse locations with Internet connection with FXA42 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC With SupplyCare Hosting, users do not need to make the initial software purchase or install and run the IT infrastructure needed. Endress+Hauser constantly update SupplyCare Hosting and enhance the capability of the software in conjunction with the customer. The hosted version of SupplyCare is thus always up-to-date and can be customized to meet different customer requirements. Other services are also offered in addition to the IT infrastructure and the software that is installed in a secure, redundant Endress+Hauser data center. These services include defined availability of the global Endress+Hauser Service and Support Organization and defined response times in a service event. 72 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 CE mark RoHS RCM-Tick marking Ex approval Certificates an approvals Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the product configurator. The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the applicable EC guidelines. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity together with the standards applied. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. The measuring system complies with the substance restrictions of the Restriction on Hazardous Substances Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2). The supplied product or measuring system meets the ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements for network integrity, interoperability, performance characteristics as well as health and safety regulations. Here, especially the regulatory arrangements for electromagnetic compatibility are met. The products are labelled with the RCM- Tick marking on the name plate. A0029561 ATEX IEC Ex CSA FM NEPSI KC INMETRO TIIS (in preparation) Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 Additional safety instructions must be observed for applications in hazardous areas. They are contained in the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document, which is included in the scope of delivery. Reference is made to the XA on the nameplate of the device. Details on the available certificats as well as the associated XAs can be found in the Associated documentation chapter in the Safety instructions section: 95. The devices have been designed according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 as dual seal devices, allowing the user to waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC) These instruments comply with the North-American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-

saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Further information can be found in the Safety Instructions (XA) of the relevant devices. Functional safety Use for level monitoring (MIN, MAX, range) up to SIL 3 (homogeneous or diverse redundancy), independently evaluated by TV Rheinland in accordance with IEC 61508, refer to the "Functional Safety Manual" for information. WHG WHG approval: Z-65.16-524 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) Pressure instruments with a flange and threaded boss that do not have a pressurized housing do not fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive, irrespective of the maximum allowable pressure. Reasons:

According to Article 2, point 5 of EU Directive 2014/68/EU, pressure accessories are defined as

"devices with an operational function and having pressure-bearing housings". If a pressure instrument does not have a pressure-bearing housing (no identifiable pressure chamber of its own), there is no pressure accessory present within the meaning of the Directive. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 73 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Radio standard EN302729 Micropilot FMR50 The devices Micropilot FMR50, with Antenna Horn 100 mm /4" cladded are conform with the LPR

(Level Probing Radar) standard EN302729. The devices Micropilot FMR50, with Antenna Horn 100 mm /4" cladded are allowed to be used inside or outside of closed bins or tanks in countries of th EU and the EFTA. Precondition is that the country itself already has implemented the directive. At present, the following countries have already implemented the directive:

Belgium, Bulgaria, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, Great Britain, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Latvia, Malta, Netherland, Norway, Austria, Poland, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Spain, Czech Republic and Cyprus. Alle nicht aufgefhrten Lnder sind derzeit noch mit der Umsetzung beschftigt. 1. 2. 3. For the use of the devices outside of closed bins or tanks, the following has to be observed:

The installation has to be done by trained personnel. The antenna of the device has to be mounted on a fixed place and vertically to the bottom. The mounting place has to be in a distance of at least 4 km to the mentioned astronomical stations or an appropriate permission has to be issued by the national authority. If the device is mounted at a distance of 4 to 40 km from the stations mentioned, the maximum mounting height is restricted to 15 m (49 ft). Name of the station Geographical latitude Geographical longitude Astronomical stations Country Germany Finland France Plateau de Bure United Kingdom Cambridge Effelsberg Metshovi Tuorla Floirac Damhall Jodrell Bank Knockin Pickmere Medicina Noto Sardinia Dmitrov Kalyazin Pushchino Zelenchukskaya Onsala Bleien Yebes Robledo Penc 5031'32" N 6013'04" N 6024'56" N 4438'01" N 4450'10" N 5209'59" N 5309'22" N 5314'10" N 5247'24" N 5317'18" N 4431'14" N 3652'34" N 3929'50" N 5626'00" N 5713'22" N 5449'00" N 4349'53" N 5723'45" N 4720'26" N 4031'27" N 4025'38" N 4747'22" N Krakow Fort Skala 5003'18" N Italy Poland Russia Sweden Switzerland Spain Hungary 0653'00" E 2423'37" E 2426'31" E 0554'26" E 0031'37" W 0002'20" E 0232'03" W 0218'26" W 0259'45" W 0226'38" W 1138'49" E 1459'21" E 0914'40" E 1949'36" E 3727'00" E 3754'01" E 3740'00" E 4135'32" E 1155'35" E 0806'44" E 0305'22" W 0414'57" W 1916'53" E In general the requirements of EN 302729 have to be taken in consideration. 74 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 FCC Radio standard EN 302372 The devices comply with the Tanks Level Probing Radar (TLPR) radio standard EN 302372 and are approved for use in closed containers. For installation, points a to f in Annex E of EN 302372 must be taken into consideration. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The devices are compliant with the FCC Code of Federal Regulations, CFR 47, Part 15, Sections 15.205, 15.207, 15.209. In addition, the devices FMR50 with antenna 100 mm / 4" PP cladded, are compliant with Section 15.256. For these LPR (Level Probe Radar) applications the devices must be professionally installed in a downward operating position. In addition, the devices are not allowed to be mounted in a zone of 4 km around RAS stations and within a radius of 40 km around RAS stations the maxium operation height of devices is 15 m (49 ft) above ground. Industry Canada Canada CNR-Gen Section 7.1.3 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. In order to comply with FCC/ISED RF Exposure requirements, this device must be installed to provide at least 4,5 cm separation from the human body at all times. Afin de se conformer aux exigences d'exposition RF FCC / ISED, cet appareil doit tre install pour fournir au moins 4,5 cm de sparation du corps humain en tout temps The installation of the LPR/TLPR device shall be done by trained installers, in strict compliance with the manufacturers instructions. The use of this device is on a no-interference, no-protection basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. However, devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the users expense. This device shall be installed and operated in a completely enclosed container to prevent RF emissions, which can otherwise interfere with aeronautical navigation. The installer/user of this device shall ensure that it is at least 10 km from the Dominion Astrophysical Radio Observatory (DRAO) near Penticton, British Columbia. The coordinates of the DRAO are latitude 491915 N and longitude 1193712 W. For devices not meeting this 10 km separation (e.g., those in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia,) the installer/user must coordinate with, and obtain the written concurrence of, the Director of the DRAO before the equipment can be installed or operated. The Director of the DRAO may be contacted at 250-497-2300 (tel.) or 250-497-2355 (fax). (Alternatively, the Manager, Regulatory Standards Industry Canada, may be contacted.) The model FMR50T is a submodel of the FMR50 that fulfills the requirements for use as TLPR (Tank Level Probe Radar). The model FMR50L is a submodel of the FMR50. "L" indicates the unique option BR of the feature 070 ("Antenna") that fullfills the requirements for use as LPR (Level Probe Radar). Japanese radio approval The devices comply with Japanese Radio Law, Article 6, Section 1(1) CRN approval Some device versions have a CRN approval. Devices are CRN approved if the folowing two conditions are met:

The device has a CSA approval (Product structure: Feature 010 "Approval") The device has a CRN approved process connection according to the following table. Feature 100 of the product structure Process connection GGF RGF Gewinde ISO228 G1-1/2, PVDF Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, PVDF Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 75 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Feature 100 of the product structure Process connection XWG XZG X0G UNI slip on flange 3"/DN80/80, PP UNI slip on flange 4"/DN100/100, PP UNI slip on flange 6"/DN150/150, PP Process connections without CRN approval are not included in this table. Refer to the product structure to see which process connections are available for a specific For some process connections not listed in the product structure a CRN approval is available CRN approved devices are marked with the registration number OF15872.5C on the device type. on request. nameplate. For device versions listed in the table below, the maximum allowed pressure is reduced if they have a CRN approval. For device versions not listed in the table below the pressure range as indicated in the "Process" chapter 52 is not affected by the CRN approval. Product Antenna 1) Process connection 2) Seal 3) max. pressure FMR50/FMR56 BN: Horn 80mm/3"

XWG: UNI slip-on flange 3"

1.6 bar (23.2 psi) XZG: UNI slip-on flange 4"

1.5 bar (21.75 psi) X0G: UNI slip-on flange 6"

1.5 bar (21.75 psi) BR: Horn 100mm/4"

XZG: UNI slip-on flange 4"

12 bar (17.4 psi) X0G: UNI slip-on flange 6"

1.8 bar (26.1 psi) 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Feature 090 of the product structure Track record FMR5x is the upgrade model of the corresponding FMR2xx series. 76 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Test, Certificate Test reports, declarations and material test certificates can be obtained electronically from the W@M Device Viewer :

Enter the serial number from the nameplate (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) This applies to the options of the following ordering features:

550 "Calibration"

580 "Test, Certificate"

Hard-copy product documentation Hard-copy versions of the test reports, declarations and inspection certificates can also be order via order code 570 "Service", option I7 "Hard-copy product documentation". The documents are then supplied with the product. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 77 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Other standards and guidelines Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 60529 EN 61010-1 IEC/EN 61326 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 53 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control and Laboratory Use

"Emission in accordance with Class A requirements". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements). NAMUR NE 21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output signal. Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics NAMUR NE 107 NAMUR NE 131 Status classification as per NE107 Requirements for field devices for standard applications. IEC61508 Functional safety of safety-related electric/electronic/programmable electronic systems 78 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Ordering information Ordering information Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:

In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com -> Click "Corporate"

-> Select your country -> Click "Products" -> Select the product using the filters and search field ->

Open product page -> The "Configure" button to the right of the product image opens the Product Configurator. From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.addresses.endress.com Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration Up-to-the-minute configuration data Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as measuring range or operating language Automatic verification of exclusion criteria Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 79 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D 3-point linearity protocol The following notes must be taken into account if option F3 ("3 point linearity protocol") has been selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 3 points of the linearity protocol are defined as follows:

Micropilot FMR50 43 Points of the 3-point linearity protocol; Dimensions: mm (in) A R 1 2 3 Distance from reference point R to first measuring point Reference point of the measurement First measuring point Second measuring point (centrally between first and third measuring point) Third measuring point A0023272 Measuring point Position 1st measuring point At the distance A from the reference point A = antenne length + antenna extension (if present) + 500 mm (19.7 in) Minimum distance: Amin = 1 000 mm (39.4 in) 2nd measuring point centrally between 1st and 3rd measuring point 3rd measuring point 6 000 mm (236 in) below the reference point, R The position of the measuring points may vary by 1 cm (0.04 in). The linearity is checked under reference conditions. 80 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 5-point linearity protocol The following notes must be taken into account if option F4 ("5 point linearity protocol") has been selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The five points of the linearity protocol are evenly distributetd across the measuring range (0% to 100%). In order to define the measuring range, Empty calibration (E) and Full calibration (F) have to be specified 7). The following restrictions have to be taken into account when defining E and F:

A0017983 Minimum distance between reference point (R) and 100% level Minimum span Maximum value for "Empty calibration"

A Antenna length + 200 mm (8 in) Minimum value: 400 mm (16 in) F 400 mm (16 in) E 24 m (79 ft) The linearity is checked under reference conditions. The selected values of Empty calibration and Full calibration are only used to record the linearity protocol and are reset to their probe specific default values thereafter. If values different from the default are required, they must be ordered as a customized parametrization 82. 7) If E and F are not specified, probe dependent default values will be used instead. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 81 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Customized parametrization If the option IJ "Customized parametrization HART", IK "Customized parametrization PA" or IL

"Customized parametrization FF" has been selected in feature 570 "Service", customer specific presettings can be selected for the following parameters:

Micropilot FMR50 Tagging (TAG) Ordering feature 895: Marking Parameter Setup Distance unit Communication Selection list / range of values in ft mm m HART PA FF HART PA FF HART PA FF Setup Empty calibration max. 70 m (230 ft) Setup Full calibration max. < 70 m (230 ft) Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Damping HART 0 to 999.9 s Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Failure mode HART Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Burst mode HART Min Max Last valid value Off On Option Z1: Tagging (TAG), see additional spec. Position of the measuring point marking To be selected in the additional specifications:

Tag plate Stainless Steel Self-adhesive paper label Supplied label/plate RFID TAG RFID TAG + Tag plate Stainless Steel RFID TAG + Self-adhesive paper label RFID TAG + Supplied label/plate Definition of the measuring point designation To be defined in the additional specifications:

3 lines containing up to 18 characters each Designation in the Electronic Name Plate (ENP) Designation on the display module The measuring point designation appears on the selected label and/or the RFID TAG. The first 32 characters of the measuring point designation The first 12 characters of the measuring point designation The following services can be selected via the product structure in the Product Configurator 8):

PWIS free (PWIS: paint wetting impairment substances) Customized parametrization HART 82 Customized parametrization PA 82 Customized parametrization FF 82 Without tooling DVD (FieldCare) Services 8) Feature 570 of the product structure 82 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Application Packages Heartbeat Diagnostics Availability Available in all device versions. Function Continuous self-monitoring of the device. Diagnostic messages output to the local display. an asset management system (e.g. FieldCare/DeviceCare). an automation system (e.g. PLC). Device condition information is available immediately and processed in time. The status signals are classified in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR recommendation NE 107 and contain information about the cause of the error and remedial action. Advantages Detailed description See Operating Instructions of the device ( 95); chapter "Diagnostics and trouble shooting"

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 83 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Heartbeat Verification Availability Micropilot FMR50 Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":

EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification Device functionality checked on demand Verification of the correct functioning of the measuring device within specifications. The verification result provides information about the condition of the device: Passed or Failed. The results are documented in a verification report. The automatically generated report supports the obligation to demonstrate compliance with internal and external regulations, laws and standards. Verification is possible without interrupting the process. Advantages No onsite presence is required to use the function. The DTM 9) triggers verification in the device and interprets the results. No specific knowledge is required on the part of the user. The verification report can be used to prove quality measures to a third party. Heartbeat Verification can replace other maintenance tasks (e.g. periodic check) or extend the test intervals. SIL/WHG-locked devices 10) The Heartbeat Verification module contains a wizard for the proof test which must be performed at appropriate intervals for the following applications:

SIL (IEC61508/IEC61511) WHG (German Water Resources Act) To perform a proof test, the device must be locked (SIL/WHG locking). The wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. In the case of SIL-locked and WHG-locked devices, it is not possible to perform verification without additional measures (e.g. by-passing of the output current) because the output current must be simulated (Increased safety mode) or the level must be approached manually (Expert mode) during subsequent re-locking (SIL/WHG locking). Detailed description SD01871F DTM: Device Type Manager; controls device operation via DeviceCare, FieldCare or a DTM-based process control system. 9) 10) Only relevant for devices with SIL or WHG approval: order code 590 ("Additional approval"), option LA ("SIL") or LC ("WHG"). 84 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Heartbeat Monitoring Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":

EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring Function In addition to the verification parameters, the corresponding parameter values are also logged. Existing measured variables, such as the echo amplitude, are used in the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards. For Micropilot FMR5x, the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards cannot be used together.

"Foam detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Foam detection wizard. This wizard is used to configure automatic foam detection, which detects foam on the product surface on the basis of the reduced signal amplitude. Foam detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a sprinkler system, for example, which dissolves the foam. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system.

"Build-up detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Build-up detection wizard. The wizard is used to configure automatic buildup detection, which detects the buildup of deposits on the antenna on the basis of the increased area of the coupling signal. Buildup detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a compressed air system, for example, to clean the antenna. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. Early detection of changes (trends) to ensure plant availability and product quality. Use of information for the proactive planning of measures (e.g. cleaning/maintenance). Identification of undesirable process conditions as the basis to optimizing the facility and the Automated control of measures to remove foam or buildup. Advantages processes. Detailed description SD01871F Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 85 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Accessories Device-specific accessories Weather protection cover Accessory Description Weather protection cover Micropilot FMR50 A0015466 A0015472 44 Weather protection cover; Dimensions: mm (in) The weather protection cover can be ordered together with the device (product structure, feature 620 "Accessory Enclosed", option PB "Weather Protection Cover"). Alternatively, it can be separately ordered as an accessory; order code 71162242. Mounting nut G1-1/2 Accessory Description Mounting nut G1-1/2 Drawing in preparation For FMR50 with with 40mm/1-1/2" horn antenna and G1-1/2" thread Material: PC Order code: 52014146 86 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Accessory Description Variable flange seal for FMR50/FMR56 Variable flange seal for FMR50/FMR56 A0018871 1 2 3 UNI slip-on flange Variable flange seal Nozzle Size of screws Material Process pressure Process temperature D d h hmin hmax The material and process conditions of the adjustable flange seal must fit the process properties (temperature, pressure, resistance). Technical data: DN/JIS version Order code 71074263 71074264 71074265 Compatible with DN80 PN10/40 DN100 PN10/16 DN150 PN10/16 JIS 10K 150A Length of screws 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 110 mm (4.3 in) M14 M14 M18 EPDM 0.1 to 0.1 bar (1.45 to 1.45 psi) 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 142 mm (5.59 in) 162 mm (6.38 in) 218 mm (8.58 in) 89 mm (3.5 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 169 mm (6.65 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 23.5 mm (0.93 in) 26.5 mm (1.04 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 30 mm (1.18 in) 33 mm (1.3 in) 39 mm (1.45 in) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 87 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Accessory Description Technical data: ASME/JIS version Order code Compatible with 71249070 71249072 71249073 ASME 3" 150lbs JIS 80A 10K ASME 4" 150lbs ASME 6" 150lbs Length of screws 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 110 mm (4.3 in) Recommended screw size M14 M14 M18 Material Process pressure Process temperature D d h hmin hmax EPDM 0.1 to 0.1 bar (1.45 to 1.45 psi) 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 133 mm (5.2 in) 171 mm (6.7 in) 219 mm (8.6 in) 89 mm (3.5 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 168 mm (6.6 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 23.5 mm (0.93 in) 26.5 mm (1.04 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 30 mm (1.18 in) 33 mm (1.3 in) 39 mm (1.45 in) Mounting bracket for wall or ceiling mounting of FMR50/FMR56 Accessory Description Mounting bracket for wall or ceiling mounting of FMR50/FMR56 45 Mounting bracket for FMR50/FMR56 with horn antenna A0017746 A Mounting at ceiling B Mounting at wall Material:

Mounting bracket: 304 (1.4301) Screws: A2 Nordlock washer: A4 Order code: 71162776 88 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Installation bracket for FMR50 Accessory Description Installation bracket for FMR50 BM: Horn 40mm (1"), PVDF encapsulated, -40...130C (-40...266F) Material: 316Ti (1.4571) Suited for antenna version 1):

Suited for process connection 2):

GGF: Thread ISO228 G1, PVDF RGF: Thread ANSI MNPT1, PVDF Order code: 942669-0000 The mounting bracket has no conductive connection to the transmitter housing. Danger of electrostatic charging. Connect the mounting bracket to the local potential equalization system. A0019346 1) 2) Feature 070 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 89 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Remote display FHX50 Accessories Description Remote display FHX50 Micropilot FMR50 A0019128 Material:

Plastic PBT 316L/1.4404 Aluminum SD02 (push buttons) SD03 (touch control) Connecting cable:

Degree of protection: IP68 / NEMA 6P and IP66 / NEMA 4x Suitable for display modules:

Cable supplied with device up to 30 m (98 ft) Standard cable supplied by customer up to 60 m (196 ft) Ambient temperature range: 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Ambient temperature range (option): 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) If the remote display should be used, order the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" (feature 030, version L, M or N). For the FHX50, you must select option A: "Prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050 "Measuring device version". If the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" was not originally ordered and a FHX50 display is to be retrofitted, you must select version B "Not prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050: "Measuring device version" when ordering the FHX50. In this case, a retrofit kit for the device is supplied with the FHX50. The kit can be used to prepare the device so that the FHX50 can be used. Use of the FHX50 may be restricted for transmitters with an approval. A device can only be retrofitted with the FHX50 if the option L, M or N ("Prepared for FHX50") is listed under Basic specifications, item 4 "Display, operation"

in the Safety Instructions (XA) for the device. Also pay attention to the Safety Instructions (XA) of the FHX50. Retrofitting is not possible on transmitters with:

An approval for use in areas with flammable dust (dust ignition-proof approval) Ex nA type of protection For details, see document SD01007F. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), failure rates may be increased. 90 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Overvoltage protection Accessory Description Overvoltage protection for 2-wire-devices OVP10 (1 channel) OVP20 (2 channel) A0021734 Technical data Resistance per channel: 2 * 0.5 max Threshold DC voltage: 400 to 700 V Threshold impulse voltage: < 800 V Capacitance at 1 MHz: < 1.5 pF Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s): 10 kA Suited for wire cross-sections: 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Ordering with device Order code for retrofitting For 1-channel devices (feature 020, option A) For 2-channel devices (feature 020, option B, C, E or G) OVP10: 71128617 OVP20 : 71128619 The overvoltage protection module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610

"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Separate ordering of the module is only necessary if a device is to retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Hosuing lid for retrofitting In order to keep the necessary safety distances, the housing lid needs to be replaced if the device is retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Depending on the housing type, the order code of the suitable lid is as follows:

GT18 housing: Lid 71185516 GT19 housing: Lid 71185518 GT20 housing: Lid 71185516 Restrictions for retrofitting Depending on the approval of the transmitter the usage of the OVP module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with an OVP module if the option NA (overvoltage protection) is quoted unter Optional Specifications in the Safety Instructions (XA) pertaining to the device. For details refer to SD01090F. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 91 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Bluetooth module for HART devices Accessory Description Bluetooth module Micropilot FMR50 A0036493 Quick and easy commissioning via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (tested by Fraunhofer institue) and password protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology Range under reference conditions:

> 10 m (33 ft) When using the Bluetooth module the minimum supply voltage increases by up to 3 V. Ordering with device The Bluetooth module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option NF "Bluetooth". A separate order is only necessary in case of retrofitting. Bluetooth module (BT10): 71377355 Order code for retrofitting Restrictions in case of retrofitting For details refer to SD02252F. Depending on the approval of the transmitter, application of the Bluetooth module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with a Bluetooth module if the option NF (Bluetooth) is listed in the associated Safety Instructions (XA) under Optional specifications. 92 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Communication-specific accessories Accessory Description Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to Technical Information TI00404F Accessory Description Commubox FXA291 Connects Endress+Hauser field devices with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a computer. Order code: 51516983 For details refer to Technical Information TI00405C Accessory Description HART Loop Converter HMX50 Evaluates the dynamic HART variables and converts them to analog current signals or limit values. Order code: 71063562 For details refer to Technical Information TI00429F and Operating Instructions BA00371F Accessory Description WirelessHART Adapter SWA70 Connects field devices to a WirelessHART network. The WirelessHART adapter can be mounted directly at a HART device and is easly integrated into an existing HART network. It ensures safe data transmission and can be operated in parallel with other wireless networks. For details refer to Operating Instructions BA00061S Accessories Description Connect Sensor FXA30/FXA30B Fully integrated, battery-powered gateway for simple applications with SupplyCare Hosting. Up to 4 field devices with 4 to 20 mA communication (FXA30/FXA30B), serial Modbus

(FXA30B) or HART (FXA30B) can be connected. With its robust design and ability to run for years on the battery, it is ideal for remote monitoring in isolated locations. Version with LTE

(USA, Canada and Mexico only) or 3G mobile transmission for worldwide communication. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01356S and Operating Instructions BA01710S. Accessories Description Fieldgate FXA42 Fieldgates enable communication between connected 4 to 20 mA, Modbus RS485 and Modbus TCP devices and SupplyCare Hosting or SupplyCare Enterprise. The signals are transmitted either via Ethernet TCP/IP, WLAN or mobile communications (UMTS). Advanced automation capabilities are available, such as an integrated Web-PLC, OpenVPN and other functions. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01297S and Operating Instructions BA01778S. Accessories Description SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42. This Web-based software is installed on a local server and can also be visualized and operated with mobile terminals such as a smartphone or tablet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01228S and Operating Instructions BA00055S Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 93 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Service-specific accessories Accessory Description DeviceCare SFE100 Configuration tool for HART, PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices Micropilot FMR50 Accessories Description SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42, FXA30 and FXA30B. SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (Software as a Service, SaaS). In the Endress+Hauser portal, the user is provided with the data over the Internet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01229S and Operating Instructions BA00050S. Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX350 Field Xpert SFX350 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX370 Field Xpert SFX370 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area and the Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Technical Information TI01134S DeviceCare is available for download at www.software-products.endress.com. The download requires a registration in the Endress+Hauser software portal. Alternatively, a DeviceCare DVD can be ordered with the device. Product structure: Feature 570 "Service", Option IV "Tooling DVD (DeviceCare Setup)". FieldCare SFE500 FDT-based Plant Asset Management tool. Helps to configure and maintain all field devices of your plant. By supplying status information it also supports the diagnosis of the devices. Technical Information TI00028S The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB stick. For details refer to Technical Information TI00133R and Operating Instructions BA00247R Active barrier with power supply for safe separation of 4 to 20 mA current circuits. Provides bi-directional HART transmission. For details refer to Technical Information TI00073R and Operating Instructions BA00202R Transmitter supply for 2-wire sensors or transmitters exclusively for non-Ex areas. Provides bi-directional communication using the HART communication sockets. For details refer to Technical Information TI00081R and Operating Instructions KA00110R RN221N RNS221 System components Accessory Description Graphic Data Manager Memograph M 94 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Standard documentation Micropilot FMR50 Documentation The following document types are available:

In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser Internet site: www.endress.com Download Correlation of documentations to the device:

Device Power supply, output Communication Document type Document code FMR50 A, B, C, K, L HART Operating Instructions BA01045F/00/EN G E PROFIBUS PA Operating Instructions BA01124F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01099F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01014F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01128F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01018F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01124F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01017F/00/EN FOUNDATION Fieldbus Operating Instructions BA01120F/00/EN EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification 1) Feature 540 of the product structure Device Fieldgate FXA520 Tank Side Monitor NRF81 Document type Document code Technical Information Technical Information TI00369F TI01251G Operating Instructions BA01465G Description of Device Parameters GP01083G Supplementary documentation Application Package 1) Document type Document code Special documentation SD01871F Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They are an integral part of the Operating Instructions. Feature Approval Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) ATEX: II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F

ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00680F XA00680F XA00680F XA00688F XA00680F ATEX: II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F ATEX: II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 XA00683F XA00683F XA00683F XA00691F

FMR50 XA00684F XA00684F XA00684F XA00692F XA00684F 010 BA BB BC BG BH B2 B3 ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC TxxC Da/Db ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 D Ex ta IIIC TxxC Da/Db Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 95 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Feature Approval 010 Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) FMR50 XA00681F XA00681F XA00681F XA00689F XA01112F XA01112F XA01112F XA01114F XA01113F XA01113F XA01113F XA01115F XA01113F XA01112F XA01112F XA01112F XA01114F FMR50 XA01113F XA01113F XA01113F XA01115F XA01113F FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D XA01116F XA01116F XA01116F XA01118F FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 XA01116F XA01116F XA01116F XA01118F FM XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D XA01117F XA01117F XA01117F XA01119F XA01117F XA01117F XA01117F XA01117F XA01119F XA01117F IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00680F XA00680F XA00680F XA00688F XA00680F B4 CB CC C2 C3 FA FB FC FD IA IB IC IG IH I2 I3 I4 JI JJ KA KB KC MA MC MH NA NB NC NG NH N2 ATEX:II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb CSA C/US XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D CSA C/US XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D CSA C/US IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.1 Div. 2, Ex ia CSA C/US XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.1 Div.2, Ex d FM XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx d, NI Cl.1 Div.2 IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IECEx: Ex nA IIC T6-T1 Gc IECEx: Ex ic IIC T6-T1 Gc IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IECEx: Ex ia IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IEXEx: Ex ta IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex d[ia] IIC T6 INMETRO: Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex nA II T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex iaD 20/21 T85 90oC FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 FMR50 XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F XA00683F XA00683F XA00683F XA00691F

FMR50 XA00684F XA00684F XA00684F XA00692F XA00684F FMR50 XA00681F XA00681F XA00681F XA00689F XA01716F XA01716F XA01717F XA01717F

XA01045F XA01045F XA01045F XA01047F XA01045F XA01045F XA01045F XA01047F XA01046F XA01046F XA01046F XA01048F XA01046F XA01289F XA01290F XA01291F XA01297F XA01199F XA01199F XA01199F XA01208F XA01199F XA01199F XA01199F XA01208F XA01201F XA01201F XA01201F XA01210F XA01201F XA01201F XA01201F XA01201F XA01210F XA01201F XA01205F XA01205F XA01205F XA01214F

INMETRO: Ex ia IIC T6 Ga XA01286F XA01287F XA01288F XA01296F INMETRO: Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01292F XA01292F XA01293F XA01298F XA01294F NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01202F XA01202F XA01202F XA01211F XA01202F

96 V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR50 Feature Approval Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

010 N3 NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, DIP A20/21 T8590oC IP66 8A FM/CSA IS+XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G FMR50 A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) FMR50 XA01206F XA01206F XA01206F XA01215F XA01206F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01114F XA01115F XA01118F XA01119F

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus, switch output 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA, switch output 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART 4-wire 10.4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART For certified devices the relevant Safety Instructions (XA) are indicated on the nameplate. If the device is prepared for the remote display FHX50 (product structure: feature 030: Display, Operation", option L or M), the Ex marking of some certificates changes according to the following table 11):

Feature 010

("Approval") Feature 030 ("Display, Operation") Ex marking BG BH B3 IG IH I3 MH NG NH N3 L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N ATEX II 3G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc ATEX II 1/2G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, ATEX II 1/2D Ex ta [ia Db] IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc IECEx Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc IECEx Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, IECEx Ex ta [ia Db] IIIC TxxC Da/Db Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc NEPSI Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc NEPSI Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, DIP A20/21 [ia D] TA, TxxC IP6X 11) The marking of certificates not mentioned in this table are not affected by the FHX50. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 2, 1-10-2019 97 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

*unbekannt*

unbekannt www.addresses.endress.com T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

 

 

unbekannt unbekannt Products Solutions Services Technical Information Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Free space radar Level measurement in liquids Application

(FMR52) Continuous, non-contact level measurement of liquids, pastes and slurries Horn antenna (FMR51); flush mounted, completely filled PTFE horn antenna Maximum measuring range: 70 m (230 ft) Process temperature: 196 to +450 C (321 to +842 F) Process pressure: 1 to +160 bar (14.5 to +2 320 psi) Accuracy: 2 mm International explosion protection certificates; WHG; marine approvals Linearity protocol (3-point, 5-point) Your benefits diagnostics redundancy Reliable measurement even for changing product and process conditions HistoROM data management for easy commissioning, maintenance and Highest reliability due to Multi-Echo Tracking SIL2 according to IEC 61508, SIL3 in case of homogeneous or heterogeneous Seamless integration into control or asset management systems Intuitive user interface in national languages Bluetooth wireless technology for commissioning, operation and maintenance via free iOS / Android app SmartBlue Easy proof test for SIL and WHG Heartbeat Technology T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Table of contents Wichtige Hinweise zum Dokument . 4 Symbols . 4 Terms and abbreviations . 6 Registered trademarks . 7 Function and system design . 8 Measuring principle . 8 Input . 10 Measured variable . 10 Measuring range . 10 Operating frequency . 15 Transmitting power . 15 Output . 16 Output signal . 16 Signal on alarm . 17 Linearization . 17 Galvanic isolation . 17 Protocol-specific data . 17 Power supply . 22 Terminal assignment . 22 Device plug connectors . 30 Supply voltage . 31 Power consumption . 33 Current consumption . 33 34 Power supply failure . 34 Potential equalization . Terminals . 34 Cable entries . 34 Cable specification . 34 Overvoltage protection . 35 Performance characteristics . 36 Reference operating conditions . 36 Maximum measured error . 36 Measured value resolution . 37 Reaction time . 37 Influence of ambient temperature . 37 Influence of gas layer . 37 Gas phase compensation with external pressure sensor

(PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus) . 38 Installation . 39 Installation conditions . 39 Measuring conditions . 43 Mounting cladded flanges . 44 Installation in vessel (free space) . 44 Installation in stilling well . 48 Installation in bypass . 51 Container with heat insulation . 53 Environment . 54 Ambient temperature range . 54 Ambient temperature limits . 54 Storage temperature . 62 Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 63 Climate class . Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 . 63 Degree of protection . 63 Vibration resistance . 63 Cleaning the antenna . 63 63 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . Process . 64 Process temperature, Process pressure . 64 Dielectric constant . 66 Mechanical construction . 67 Dimensions . 67 Weight . 77 Materials: GT18 housing (stainless steel, corrosion-

resistant) . 78 Materials: GT19 housing (plastic) . 79 Materials: GT20 housing (die-cast aluminum, powder-

coated) . 80 Materials: Antenna and process connection . 81 Materials: Weather protection cover . 83 Operability . 84 Operating concept . 84 Local operation . 85 Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 . 85 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology . 86 Remote operation . 87 Integration in tank gauging system . 90 SupplyCare inventory management software . 91 Certificates an approvals . 94 CE mark . 94 RoHS . 94 RCM-Tick marking . 94 Ex approval . 94 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . 94 Functional safety . 94 WHG . 94 Sanitary compatibility . 94 NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156 . 95 NACE MR 0103 . 95 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) . 95 Marine certificate . 95 Radio standard EN302729 . 95 Radio standard EN 302372 . 96 FCC . 96 Industry Canada . 96 Japanese radio approval . 97 CRN approval . 97 Track record . 98 Test, Certificate . 99 Hard-copy product documentation . 99 Other standards and guidelines . 100 2 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Ordering information . 101 Ordering information . 101 102 3-point linearity protocol . 5-point linearity protocol . 103 Customized parametrization . 104 Tagging (TAG) . 104 Services . 104 Application Packages . 105 Heartbeat Diagnostics . 105 Heartbeat Verification . 106 Heartbeat Monitoring . 107 Accessories . 108 Device-specific accessories . 108 Communication-specific accessories . 114 Service-specific accessories . 115 System components . 115 Documentation . 116 Standard documentation . 116 Supplementary documentation . 116 Safety Instructions (XA) . 116 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 3 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Wichtige Hinweise zum Dokument Symbols Safety symbols Symbol Meaning DANGER!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in serious or fatal injury. WARNING!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious or fatal injury. CAUTION!

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minor or medium injury. NOTE!

This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personal injury. Electrical symbols Symbol Meaning Direct current Alternating current Direct current and alternating current Ground connection A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system. Protective Earth (PE) A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections. The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:

Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply. Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system. Symbols for certain types of information Symbol Meaning Permitted Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted. Preferred Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred. Forbidden Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden. Tip Indicates additional information. Reference to documentation. Reference to page. Reference to graphic. Visual inspection. 4 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Symbols in graphics Symbol Meaning 1, 2, 3 ... Item numbers

, Series of steps A, B, C, ... Views A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections Symbols at the device Symbol Meaning Hazardous area Indicates a hazardous area. Safe area (non-hazardous area) Indicates the non-hazardous area. Safety instructions Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions. Temperature resistance of the connection cables Specifies the minimum value of the temperature resistance of the connection cables. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 5 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Terms and abbreviations Term/abbreviation Explanation Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Document type "Operating Instructions"

Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"

Document type "Technical Information"

Document type "Special Documentation"

Document type "Safety Instructions"

Nominal pressure Maximum Working Pressure The MWP can also be found on the nameplate. Time of Flight Scalable software tool for device configuration and integrated plant asset management solutions Universal configuration software for Endress+Hauser HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and Ethernet field devices Device Type Manager Device Description for HART communication protocol r (DC value) Relative dielectric constant Operating tool The term "operating tool" is used in place of the following operating software:

FieldCare / DeviceCare, for operation via HART communication and PC SmartBlue (app), for operation using an Android or iOS smartphone or tablet. Blocking Distance; no signals are analyzed within the BD. Programmable Logic Controller Common Data Interface Pulse Frequence Status (Switching output) Manchester Bus Powered Protocol Data Unit MWP ToF FieldCare DeviceCare BA KA TI SD XA PN DTM DD BD PLC CDI PFS MBP PDU 6 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Registered trademarks HART Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, USA PROFIBUS Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, Germany FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, Texas, USA Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Endress+Hauser is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Android Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. KALREZ, VITON Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, USA TEFLON Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA TRI CLAMP Registered trademark of Alfa Laval Inc., Kenosha, USA Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 7 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Function and system design Measuring principle The Micropilot is a "downward-looking" measuring system, operating based on the time-of-flight method (ToF). It measures the distance from the reference point (process connection) to the product surface. Radar impulses are emitted by an antenna, reflected off the product surface and received again by the radar system. 1 Setup parameters of the Micropilot Reference point of the measurement (lower edge of the flange or threaded connection) Empty calibration ( = zero) Full calibration (= span) A0017871 R E F D Measured distance L Level (L = E - D) Input The reflected radar impulses are received by the antenna and transmitted into the electronics. A microprocessor evaluates the signal and identifies the level echo caused by the reflection of the radar impulse at the product surface. The unambiguous signal identification is accomplished by the PulseMaster eXact software together with the Multi-echo tracking algorithms, based on many years of experience with time-of-flight technology. The distance D to the product surface is proportional to the time of flight t of the impulse:

D = c t/2, with c being the speed of light. L = E D Based on the known empty distance E, the level L is calculated:

The reference point R of the measurement is located at the process connection. For details see the dimensional drawing:

FMR51: 68 FMR52: 74 The Micropilot is equipped with functions to suppress interference echoes. The user can activate these functions. Together with the multi-echo tracking algorithms they ensure that interference echoes (i.e. from edges and weld seams) are not interpreted as level echo. 8 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Output The Micropilot is commissioned by entering an empty distance "E" (=zero), a full distance "F" (=span) and application parameters which automatically adapt the instrument to the process conditions. For models with a current output, the factory adjustment for zero point "E" and span "F" is 4 mA and 20 mA. For digital outputs and the display module, the factory adjustment for zero point "E" and span "F"

is 0 % and 100 %. A linearization with max. 32 points, based on a table entered either manually or semi-automatically, can be activated locally or remotely. This function provides a measurement in engineering units and a linear output signal for spheres, horizontal cylindrical tanks and vessels with conical outlet. Life cycle of the product Engineering Universal measuring principle Measurement unaffected by medium properties Hardware and software developed according to SIL IEC 61508 Procurement Endress+Hauser being the world market leader in level measurement guarantees asset protection Worldwide support and service Installation Special tools are not required Reverse polarity protection Modern, detachable terminals Main electronics protected by a separate connection compartment Commissioning Fast, menu-guided commissioning in only a few steps on site or from the control room Plain text display in national languages reduces the risk of error or confusion Direct local access of all parameters Short instruction manual at the device Operation Multi-echo tracking: Reliable measurement through self-learning echo-search algorithms taking into account the short-term and long-term history in order to check the found echoes for plausibility and to suppress interference echoes. Diagnostics in accordance with NAMUR NE107 Maintenance HistoROM: Data backup for instrument settings and measured values Exact instrument and process diagnosis to assist fast decisions with clear details concerning Intuitive, menu-guided operating concept in national languages saves costs for training, remedies maintenance and operation Cover of the electronics compartment can be opened in hazardous areas Retirement Order code translation for subsequent models RoHS-conforming (Restriction of certain Hazardous Substances), unleaded soldering of electronic components Environmentally sound recycling concept Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 9 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Input Measured variable The measured variable is the distance between the reference point and the product surface. The level is calculated from this distance, taking into account the empty distance "E" entered by the user. If required, the level can be converted into other variables (volume, mass) by means of a linearization

(up to 32 points). Measuring range Maximum measuring range Device FMR51 - standard version FMR52 - standard version FMR51 - with "Advanced dynamics" application package FMR52 - with "Advanced dynamics" application package Maximum measuring range 40 m (131 ft) 70 m (230 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 60 m (197 ft) Usable measuring range The usable measuring range depends on the size of the antenna, the reflectivity of the medium, the mounting location and eventual interference reflections. The following tables describe the groups of media as well as the achievable measuring range as a function of application and media group. If the dielectric constant of a medium is unknown, it is recommended to assume media group B to ensure a reliable measurement. Media groups Media groups DC (r) Example A B C D 1.4 to 1.9 non-conducting liquids, e.g. liquefied gas 1) 1.9 to 4 non-conducting liquids, e.g. benzene, oil, toluene, 4 to 10 e.g. concentrated acids, organic solvents, esters, aniline, alcohol, acetone,

> 10 conducting liquids, e.g. aqueous solutions, dilute acids and alkalis 1) Treat Ammonia NH3 as a medium of group A. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:

the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) 10 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Device Storage tank Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Antenna size A0018833 FMR51 FMR52 40 mm (1 in)

50 mm (2 in) 50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in)

A0018858 A0018859 Measuring range [m (ft)]

A0018860 A0018862 Legend Measuring range of the standard version Measuring range for the "Advanced dynamics" application package (product structure: feature 540:

"Application Package", Option EM: "Advanced dynamics") Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 11 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Device Buffer tank Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Antenna size A0018835 FMR51 FMR52 40 mm (1 in)

50 mm (2 in) 50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in)

A0018863 A0018864 A0018865 A0018866 Measuring range [m (ft)]

Legend Measuring range of the standard version Measuring range for the "Advanced dynamics" application package (product structure: feature 540:

"Application Package", Option EM: "Advanced dynamics") 12 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Device Process tank with agitator Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) Antenna size A0018837 FMR51 FMR52 40 mm (1 in)

50 mm (2 in) 50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in)

A0018867 A0018868 A0018869 Measuring range [m (ft)]

A0018870 Legend Measuring range of the standard version Measuring range for the "Advanced dynamics" application package (product structure: feature 540:

"Application Package", Option EM: "Advanced dynamics") Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 13 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Device Stilling well Bypass Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 Antenna size 40 ... 100 mm ( 1 ... 4 in) 50 ... 80 mm ( 2 ... 3 in) A0018842 Antenna size 40 ... 100 mm ( 1 ... 4 in) 50 ... 80 mm ( 2 ... 3 in) A0018840 A0018851 A0018852 Measuring range [m (ft)]

14 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Operating frequency K-band (~ 26 GHz) Up to 8 Micropilot transmitters can be installed in the same tank because the transmitter pulses are statistically coded. Transmitting power Distance Average energy density in beam direction Standard version With "Advanced dynamics" application package 1) 1 m (3.3 ft)

< 12 nW/cm2 5 m (16 ft)

< 0.4 nW/cm2

< 64 nW/cm2

< 2.5 nW/cm2 1) Product structure, feature 540: "Application package", option EM: "Advanced dynamics"

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 15 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Output Output signal HART Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Signal coding Data transmission rate Galvanic isolation FSK 0.5 mA over current signal 1 200 Bit/s Yes Bluetooth wireless technology Device version Ordering feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"

Operation / configuration By the SmartBlue app. Range under reference conditions > 10 m (33 ft) Encryption Encrypted communication and password encryption prevent incorrect operation by unauthorized persons. PROFIBUS PA Signal coding Manchester Bus Powered (MBP) Data transmission rate 31.25 kBit/s, voltage mode Galvanic isolation Yes FOUNDATION Fieldbus Signal coding Manchester Bus Powered (MBP) Data transmission rate 31.25 kBit/s, voltage mode Galvanic isolation Yes Switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:

"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"

Devices with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus always have a switch output. 16 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Switch output Function Open collector switching output Switching behavior Binary (conductive or non-conductive), switches when the programmable switch point is reached Failure mode non-conductive Electrical connection values U = 16 to 35 VDC, I = 0 to 40 mA Internal resistance RI < 880 The voltage drop at this internal resistance has to be taken into account on planning the configuration. For example, the resulting voltage at a connected relay must be sufficient to switch the relay. Insulation voltage floating, Insulation voltage 1 350 VDC to power supply aund 500 VAC to ground Switch point freely programmable, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Switching delay freely programmable from 0 to 100 s, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Number of switching cycles corresponds to the measuring cycle Signal source device variables Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Diagnostic values, Advanced diagnostics Number of switching cycles unlimited Signal on alarm Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:

Current output (for HART devices) Failsafe mode selectable (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43):

Minimum alarm: 3.6 mA Maximum alarm (= factory setting): 22 mA Failsafe mode with user-selectable value: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Local display Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Operating tool via digital communication (HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus) or service interface (CDI) Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Linearization The linearization function of the device allows the conversion of the measured value into any unit of length or volume. Linearization tables for calculating the volume in cylindrical tanks are pre-

programmed. Other linearization tables of up to 32 value pairs can be entered manually or semi-

automatically. Galvanic isolation All circuits for the outputs are galvanically isolated from each other. Protocol-specific data HART Manufacturer ID Device type ID HART specification 17 (0x11) 0x1128 7.0 Device description files (DTM, DD) HART load min. 250 Information and files under:

www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 17 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D HART device variables The measured values can be freely assigned to the device variables. Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Measured values for PV (primary variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Measured values for SV, TV, FV (second, third and fourth variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Terminal voltage Relative echo amplitude Absolute echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 16 V 3.6 mA 65 s 14.0 V 4.0 mA 15 s Supported functions Burst mode Additional transmitter status Wireless HART data Minimum start-up voltage Start-up current Start-up time Minimum operating voltage Multidrop current Set-up time PROFIBUS PA Manufacturer ID 17 (0x11) Ident number 0x1559 Profile version 3.02 GSD file GSD file version Output values Information and files under:

www.endress.com www.profibus.org Analog Input:

Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Absolute echo amplitude Relative echo amplitude Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Digital Input:

Digital output AD 1 Digital output AD 2 Switch output 18 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Input values Analog Output:

Analog value from PLC (for sensor block external pressure to compensate gas phase effects) Analog value from PLC to be indicated on the display Digital Output:

Extended diagnostic block Level limiter Sensor block measurement on Sensor block save history on Status output Supported functions Identification & Maintenance Einfachste Gerteidentifizierung seitens des Leitsystems und des Typenschildes Automatic Ident Number Adoption Physical Layer Diagnostics GSD compatibility mode with respect to the preceding product Micropilot M FMR2xx Installation check of the PRFIBUS segment and the Micropilot FMR5x via the terminal voltage and telegram surveillance. PROFIBUS Up-/Download Condensed Status Up to 10 times faster writing and reading of parameters via PROFIBUS up-/download Simple and self-explanatory diagnostic information by categorization of occurring diagnostic messages. FOUNDATION Fieldbus Manufacturer ID Device type Device Revision DD Revision CFF Revision Device Tester Version (ITK Version) ITK Test Campaign Number Link Master (LAS) capable Node address Features supported 0x452B48 0x1028 0x01 6.0.1 IT085300 yes Information and files can be found:

www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org Default: 247 (0xF7) Following methods are supported:

Restart ENP Restart Setup Linearization Self Check Link Master / Basic Device selectable yes; default: Basic Device Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs) Number of VCRs Number of Link Objects in VFD Permanent entries Client VCRs Server VCRs Source VCRs Sink VCRs Subscriber VCRs Publisher VCRs Device Link Capabilities Slot time 44 50 1 0 10 43 0 43 43 4 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 19 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Output values Level or volume 1)

(Channel 1) Distance (Channel 2) no output values Min. inter PDU delay Max. response delay 8 20 Transducer Blocks Block Content Setup Transducer Block Contains all parameters for a standard commissioning procedure Advanced Setup Transducer Block Contains all parameters for a more detailed configuration of the device Display Transducer Block Contains all parameters for the configuration of the display module no output values Contains diagnostic information no output values Diagnostic Transducer Block Advanced Diagnostic Transducer Block Expert Information Transducer Block Contains parameters for the Advanced Diagnostic no output values Expert Configuration Transducer Block Contains parameters which require detailed knowledge of the functionalities of the device no output values Contains information about the state of the device no output values Service Sensor Transducer Block Contains parameters which can only be operated by Endress+Hauser service personnel no output values Service Information Transducer Block Contains information on the state of device which is relevant for service operations no output values Data Transfer Transducer Block Contains parameters which allow to backup the device configuration in the display module and to restore it into the device. Access to these parameters is restricted to the Endress+Hauser service. no output values 1) depending on the configuration of the block Function Blocks Block Content Resource Block The Resource Block contains all the 1

enhanced Number of permanent blocks Number of instantiable blocks Execution time Functionality data that uniquely identifies the field device. It is an electronic version of a nameplate of the device. The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selected by channel number, and makes it available to other function blocks at its output. The DI block takes a discrete input value (e.g. indication of an level limit), and makes it available to other function blocks at its output. This block is used to transfer analog data from the bus into the device 2 1 1 1 Analog Input Block Discrete Input Block Mutiple Analog Output Block Mutiple Discrete Output Block This block is used to transfer discrete data from the bus to the device. 0 3 2 0 0 25 ms enhanced 20 ms standard 20 ms standard 20 ms standard 20 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Block Content Number of permanent blocks Number of instantiable blocks Execution time Functionality PID Block 25 ms standard 1 1 1 1 25 ms standard 25 ms standard 25 ms standard 1 1 25 ms standard Arithmetic Block Signal Characterizer Block Input Selector Block Integrator Block 1 1 1 1 The PID block serves as proportional-integralderivative controller and is used almost universally to do closed-loop-

control in the field including cascade and feedforward. This block is designed to permit simple use of popular measurement math functions. The user does not have to know how to write equations. The math algorithm is selected by name, chosen by the user for the function to be done. The signal characterizer block has two sections, each with an output that is a non-linear function of the respective input. The non-linear function is determined by a single look-up table with 21 arbitrary x-y pairs. The input selector block provides selection of up to four inputs and generates an output based on the configured action. This block normally receives its inputs from AI blocks. The block performs maximum, minimum, middle, average and first good signal selection. The Integrator Function Block integrates a variable as a function of the time or accumulates the counts from a Pulse Input block. The block may be used as a totalizer that counts up until reset or as a batch totalizer that has a setpoint, where the integrated or accumulated value is compared to pre-trip and trip settings, generating discrete signals when these settings are reached. Analog Alarm Block 1 1 25 ms standard Up to 20 blocks can be instantiated in the device altogether, including the blocks already instantiated on delivery. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 21 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Power supply Terminal assignment Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 2 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART 3 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device A0036498 A0036499 22 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output 4 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output A0036500 A0036501 5 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, switch output Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Switch output (Open Collector) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 23 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 6 Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 Connection current output 1, 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 2, 4-20 mA: terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 2, 4-20 mA: terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection current output 1, 4-20 mA HART passive: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen 2 3 4 5 A0036500 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 7 Block diagram 2-wire: 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 8 Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N); observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification Analog display device; observe maximum load Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N), current output 2; observe terminal voltage A0036502 24 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 8 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART (active): terminals 3 and 4 Connection supply voltage: terminals 1 and 2 Terminal for cable screen Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) 9 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (10.4 to 48 VDC) Evaluation unit, e.g. PLC HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Supply voltage; observe terminal voltage, observe cable specification A0036516 A0036526 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 25 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) A0036519 10 Terminal assignment 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) 1 2 3 Connection 4-20 mA HART (active): terminals 3 and 4 Connection supply voltage: terminals 1 and 2 Terminal for cable screen LCAUTION To ensure electrical safety:

Do not disconnect the protective connection. Disconnect the supply voltage before disconnecting the protective earth. Connect protective earth to the internal ground terminal (3) before connecting the supply voltage. If necessary, connect the potential matching line to the external ground terminal. In order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC): Do not only ground the device via the protective earth conductor of the supply cable. Instead, the functional grounding must also be connected to the process connection (flange or threaded connection) or to the external ground terminal. An easily accessible power switch must be installed in the proximity of the device. The power switch must be marked as a disconnector for the device (IEC/EN61010). 26 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) 11 Block diagram 4-wire: 4-20 mA HART (90 to 253 VAC) Evaluation unit, e.g. PLC HART communication resistor ( 250 ); observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device; observe maximum load Cable scree; observe cable specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measuring device 7 Supply voltage; observe terminal voltage, observe cable specification A0036527 Terminal assignment PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus 12 Terminal assignment PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus: terminals 1 and 2, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, without integrated overvoltage protection Connection switch output (Open Collector): terminals 3 and 4, with integrated overvoltage protection Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus: terminals 1 and 2, with integrated overvoltage protection Terminal for cable screen 2 3 4 5 A0036500 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 27 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Block diagram PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 13 Block diagram PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable screen; observe cable specifications Connection PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1 2 3 Measuring device 4 Switch output (open collector) A0036530 28 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Connection examples for the switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:

"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output"

Devices with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus always have a switch output. 14 Connection of a relay Suitable relays (examples):

Solid-state relay: Phoenix Contact OV-24DC/480AC/5 with mounting rail connector UMK-1 OM-R/AMS Electromechanical relay: Phoenix Contact PLC-RSC-12DC/21 1 2 Pull-up resistor Digital input A0015909 15 Connection of a digital input A0015910 For optimum interference immunity we recommend to connect an external resistor (internal resistance of the relay or Pull-up resistor) of < 1 000 . Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 29 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Device plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening the housing. Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector Pin Meaning Pin 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 A0011175 A0011176 Meaning Signal +

not connected Signal -

Ground Signal -

Signal +

Not connected Screen 30 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Supply voltage An external power supply is required. Various supply units can be ordered from Endress+Hauser: see "Accessories" section 115 2-wire, 4-20mA HART, passive

"Power Supply, Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex ic CSA GP Ex ia / IS Terminal voltage U at the device 10.4 to 35 V 3) 4) 5) 10.4 to 30 V 3) 4) 5) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit 13 to 35 V 5) 6) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ic(ia) Ex nA(ia) Ex ta / DIP Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 13 to 30 V 5) 6) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -20 C (-4 F) a minimum voltage of 15 V is required for the sartup of the device at the minimum error current (3,6 mA). The startup current can be parametrized. If the device is operated with a fixed current I 5,5 mA (HART multidrop mode), a voltage of U 10,4 V is sufficient throughout the entire range of ambient temperatures. In the current simulation mode a voltage U 12.5 V is required. If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. For ambient temperatures Ta -20 C (-4 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit

"Power Supply, Output" 1) B: 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output Terminal voltage U at the device 13 to 35 V 3) 4)

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 13 to 30 V 3) 4) 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -30 C (-22 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 31 A0017140 A0034771 A0034771 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

"Power Supply, Output" 1)

"Approval" 2) Terminal voltage U at the Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 at the supply unit C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA any device 13 to 28 V 3) 4) Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure For ambient temperatures Ta -30 C (-22 F) a minimum voltage of 16 V is required for the startup of the device at the minimum error current

(3.6 mA). If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 3 V. A0034841 Polarity reversal protection Yes Admissible residual ripple at f = 0 to 100 Hz USS < 1 V Admissible residual ripple at f = 100 to 10000 Hz USS < 10 mV 32 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 4-wire, 4-20mA HART, active

"Power supply; Output" 1) Terminal voltage Maximum load Rmax K: 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART 90 to 253 VAC (50 to 60 Hz), overvoltage category II 500 L: 4-wire 10,4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART 10.4 to 48 VDC Terminal voltage 9 to 32 V 3)

"Approval" 2) Non-Ex Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 9 to 30 V 3) Power consumption Power consumption

< 0.9 W

< 0.9 W

< 2 x 0.7 W 6 VA 1.3 W Current consumption HART 3.6 to 22 mA, the start-up current for multidrop mode can be parametrized (is set to 3.6 mA on delivery) adjustable: 3.59 to 22.5 mA 1) Feature 020 of the product structure PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus

"Power supply; Output" 1) E: 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus, switch output G: 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA, switch output 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 of the product structure Feature 010 of the product structure Input voltages up to 35 V will not spoil the device. Polarity sensitive FISCO/FNICO compliant according to IEC 60079-27 No Yes

"Power supply; Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART B: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA K: 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART L: 4-wire 10,4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART 1) Feature 020 of the product structure Nominal current Breakdown signal

(NAMUR NE43) PROFIBUS PA Nominal current Failure current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic) 14 mA 0 mA Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 33 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Device basic current Failure current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic) 15 mA 0 mA FISCO Ui Ii Pi Ci Li 17.5 V 550 mA 5.5 W 5 nF 10 H Power supply failure Configuration is retained in the HistoROM (EEPROM). Error messages (incl. value of operated hours counter) are stored. Potential equalization No special measures for potential equalization are required. If the device is designed for hazardous areas, observe the information in the documentation

"Safety Instructions" (XA). Terminals Without integrated overvoltage protection Plug-in spring terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) With integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Cable entries Connection of power supply and signal line To be selected in feature 050 "Electrical connection"

Gland M20; Material dependent on the approval:

For Non-Ex, ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI Ex ia/ic:

Plastics M20x1.5 for cable 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in) For Dust-Ex, FM IS, CSA IS, CSA GP, Ex nA:

For Ex d:

No gland available Thread

" NPT G "

M20 1.5 Plug M12 / Plug 7/8"

Only available for Non-Ex, Ex ic, Ex ia Connection of remote display FHX50 Feature 030 "Display, Operation"

Cable entry for FHX50 connection L: "Prepared for display FHX50 + M12 connection"

M12 socket M: "Prepared for display FHX50 + M16 gland, custom connection"

M12 cable gland N: "Prepared for display FHX50 + NPT1/2 thread, custom connection"

NPT1/2 thread Cable specification Devices without integrated overvoltage protection Pluggable spring-force terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) Devices with integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) For ambient temperature TU60 C (140 F): use cable for temperature TU +20 K. 34 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Overvoltage protection If the measuring device is used for level measurement in flammable liquids which requires the use of overvoltage protection according to DIN EN 60079-14, standard for test procedures 60060-1 (10 kA, pulse 8/20 s), an overvoltage protection module has to be installed. A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal is used. A shielded cable is recommended if using the HART protocol. Observe grounding concept of the For 4-wire devices: Standard device cable is sufficient for the power line. HART plant. PROFIBUS Use a twisted, screened two-wire cable, preferably cable type A. For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00034S

"PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning", PNO Guideline 2.092

"PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline" and IEC 61158-2 (MBP). FOUNDATION Fieldbus Endress+Hauser recommends using twisted, shielded two-wire cables. For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00013S

"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2 (MBP). Integrated overvoltage protection module An integrated overvoltage protection module is available for 2-wire HART as well as PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Technical data Resistance per channel Threshold DC voltage Threshold impulse voltage Capacitance at 1 MHz Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s) 2 0.5 max. 400 to 700 V

< 800 V

< 1.5 pF 10 kA External overvoltage protection module HAW562 or HAW569 from Endress+Hauser are suited as external overvoltage protection. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 35 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Reference operating conditions Performance characteristics Temperature = +24 C (+75 F) 5 C (9 F) Pressure = 960 mbar abs. (14 psia) 100 mbar (1.45 psi) Humidity = 60 % 15 %

Reflector: metal plate with a minimum diameter of 1 m (40 in) No major interference reflections inside the signal beam Maximum measured error Typical data under reference operating conditions: DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1;

percentage values in relation to the span. Device Value Output digital analog 1) 2 mm (0.08 in) 0.02 %

FMR51/FMR52 Standard version FMR51/FMR52 Version with application package

"Advanced dynamics" 2) Sum of non-

linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis Sum of non-

linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis Offset/Zero 4 mm (0.2 in) 0.03 %

3 mm (0.12 in) 0.02 %

Offset/Zero 4 mm (0.2 in) 0.03 %

1) 2) Only relevant for 4-20mA current output; add error of the analog value to the digital value. Product structure: Feature 540 "Application Package", Option EM "Advanced dynamics"

Differing values in near-range applications 16 Maximum measured error in near-range applications; values for standard version A0019035 Maximum measured error A Lower edge of the antenna Distance from the lower edge A of the antenna D R Reference point of the distance measurement 36 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 17 Maximum measured error in near-range applications; values for version with the "Advanced dynamics"

A0019034 Measured value resolution Dead band according to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1:

application package Maximum measured error Lower edge of the antenna A Distance from the lower edge A of the antenna D R Reference point of the distance measurement digital: 1 mm analog: 1 A Reaction time The reaction time can be parametrized. The following step response times (as per DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1) 1)are valid if the damping is switched off:

Tank height

< 10 m (33 ft)

< 70 m (230 ft) Sampling rate Step response time 3.6 s1 2.2 s1

< 0.8 s

< 1 s Influence of ambient temperature The measurements are carried out in accordance with DIN EN IEC 61298-3 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 Digital (HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus):

Standard version: average TK = 2 mm/10 K Version with advanced dynamics 2): average TK = 3 mm/10 K Analog (current output):

zero point (4 mA): average TK = 0.02 %/10 K span (20 mA): average TK = 0.05 %/10 K Influence of gas layer High pressures reduce the propagation velocity of the measuring signals in the gas/vapor above the fluid. This effect depends on the kind of gas/vapor and of its temperature. This results in a systematic measuring error that gets bigger as the distance increases between the reference point of the measurement (flange) and the product surface. The following table illustrates this measured 1) 2) According to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 the response time is the time which passes after a sudden change of the input signal until the output signal for the first time assumes 90% of the steady-state value. Feature 540 "Application Package", option EM Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 37 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 error for a few typical gases/vapors (with regard to distance; a positive value means that too large a distance is being measured):

Gas layer Temperature Pressure 1 bar (14,5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 50 bar (725 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 160 bar (2320 psi) Air/

Nitrogen Hydrogen 20 C 20 200 400 200 400 100 180 310 364 F 68 392 752 68 392 752 212 356 590 687 Water

(saturated steam) 263 505,4 0.00 %

0.01 %

0.02 %

0.01 %

0.02 %

0.02 %

0.02 %

0.22 %

0.13 %

0.08 %

0.10 %

0.05 %

0.03 %

2.1 %

1.2 %

0.74 %

0.52 %

0.61 %

0.37 %

0.25 %

8.6 %

2.4 %

1.5 %

1.1 %

1.2 %

0.76 %

0.53 %

22 %

3.89 %

2.42 %

1.70 %

2.00 %

1.23 %

0.86 %

41.8 %

When the pressure is known and constant, this measured error can, for example, be compensated by means of a linearization. Gas phase compensation with external pressure sensor (PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus) PROFIBUS devices can receive the signal of an external pressure sensor through the bus and use it to perform a pressure dependent time-of-flight correction. In the case of saturated steam in the temperature range from 100 to 350 C (212 to 662 f), for example, the measuring error of the distance measurement can be reduced by this method from up to 29 % (without compensation) to less than 3 % (with compensation). 38 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Installation Installation conditions Mounting position Recommended distance A from wall to outer edge of nozzle: ~ 1/6 of tank diameter. Nevertheless the device should not be installed closer than 15 cm (5.91 in) to the tank wall. Not in the center (2), as interference can cause signal loss. Not above the fill stream (3). It is recommended to us a weather protection cover (1) in order to protect the device from direct sun or rain. Vessel installations Avoid any installations (point level switches, temperature sensors, braces, vacuum rings, heating coils, baffles etc.) inside the signal beam. Take into account the beam angle 41. A0016882 A0018944 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 39 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Reduction of interference echoes Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Metallic screens mounted at a slope spread the radar signal and can, therefore, reduce interference echoes. A0016890 Measurement in a plastic vessel If the outer wall of the vessel is made of a non-conductive material (e.g. GRP), microwaves can also be reflected off interfering installations outside the vessel (e.g. metallic pipes (1), ladders (2), grates

(3), ...). Therefore, there should be no such interfering installations in the signal beam. Please contact Endress+Hauser for further information. 40 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser A0017123 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Optimization options Antenna size The bigger the antenna, the smaller the beam angle and the fewer interference echoes 41. Mapping The measurement can be optimized by means of electronic suppression of interference echoes. Antenna alignment Stilling well Take into account the marker on the flange or threaded connection . A stilling well can be applied to avoid interferences 48. Metallic screens mounted at a slope They spread the radar signals and can, therefore, reduce interference echoes. Beam angle 18 Relationship between beam angle , distance D and beamwidth diameter W A0016891 The beam angle is defined as the angle where the energy density of the radar waves reaches half the value of the maximum energy density (3-dB-width). Microwaves are also emitted outside the signal beam and can be reflected off interfering installations. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 41 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Beam diameter W as a function of beam angle and measuring distance D:

FMR51 Antenna size 40 mm (1 in) 50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) Beam angle 23 18 10 8 Measuring distance (D) Beamwidth diameter W 3 m (9.8 ft) 1.22 m (4 ft) 0.95 m (3.1 ft) 0.53 m (1.7 ft) 0.42 m (1.4 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 2.44 m (8 ft) 1.9 m (6.2 ft) 1.05 m (3.4 ft) 0.84 m (2.8 ft) 9 m (30 ft) 3.66 m (12 ft) 2.85 m (9.4 ft) 1.58 m (5.2 ft) 1.26 m (4.1 ft) 12 m (39 ft) 4.88 m (16 ft) 3.80 m (12 ft) 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 1.68 m (5.5 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 6.1 m (20 ft) 4.75 m (16 ft) 2.63 m (8.6 ft) 2.10 m (6.9 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 8.14 m (27 ft) 6.34 m (21 ft) 3.50 m (11 ft) 2.80 m (9.2 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 10.17 m (33 ft) 7.92 m (26 ft) 4.37 m (14 ft) 3.50 m (11 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 45 m (148 ft) 60 m (197 ft) 70 m (230 ft)

9.50 m (31 ft) 5.25 m (17 ft) 4.20 m (14 ft) 11.09 m (36 ft) 6.12 m (20 ft) 4.89 m (16 ft) 12.67 m (42 ft) 7.00 m (23 ft) 5.59 m (18 ft) 7.87 m (26 ft) 6.29 m (21 ft) 10.50 m (34 ft) 8.39 m (28 ft)

9.79 m (32 ft) Measuring distance (D) Beamwidth diameter W

FMR52 50 mm (2 in) 18 0.95 m (3.1 ft) 1.9 m (6.2 ft) 2.85 m (9.4 ft) 3.80 m (12 ft) 4.75 m (16 ft) 6.34 m (21 ft) 7.92 m (26 ft) 9.50 m (31 ft) 11.09 m (36 ft) 12.67 m (42 ft) 80 mm (3 in) 10 0.53 m (1.7 ft) 1.05 m (3.4 ft) 1.58 m (5.2 ft) 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 2.63 m (8.6 ft) 3.50 m (11 ft) 4.37 m (14 ft) 5.25 m (17 ft) 6.12 m (20 ft) 7.00 m (23 ft) 7.87 m (26 ft) 10.50 m (34 ft) Antenna size Beam angle 3 m (9.8 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 9 m (30 ft) 12 m (39 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 45 m (148 ft) 60 m (197 ft) 42 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Measuring conditions In case of boiling surfaces, bubbling or tendency for foaming use FMR53 or FMR54. Depending on its consistence, foam can either absorb microwaves or reflect them off the foam surface. Measurement is possible under certain conditions. For FMR50, FMR51 and FMR52, the additional option "Advanced dynamics" is recommended in these cases (feature 540: "Application Package", option EM). In case of heavy steam development or condensate, the maximum measuring range of FMR50, FMR51 and FMR52 may decrease depending on density, temperature and composition of the steam use FMR53 or FMR54. For the measurement of absorbing gases such as ammonia NH3 or some fluorocarbons 3), please use Levelflex or Micropilot FMR54 in a stilling well. The measuring range begins, where the beam hits the tank bottom. Particularly with dish bottoms or conical outlets the level cannot be detected below this point. In stilling well applications, the electromagnetic waves do not propagate completely outside the tube. It must be taken into account that the accuracy may be reduced in the area C. In order to guarantee the required accuracy in these cases, it is recommended to position the zero-point at a distance C above the end of the tube (see figure). In case of media with a low dielectric constant (r = 1.5 to 4) 4) the tank bottom can be visible through the medium at low levels (low height C). Reduced accuracy has to be expected in this range. If this is not acceptable, we recommend positioning the zero point at a distance C (see figure) above the tank bottom in these applications. In principle it is possible to measure up to the tip of the antenna with FMR51, FMR53 and FMR54. However, due to considerations regarding corrosion and build-up, the end of the measuring range should not be chosen any closer than A (see figure) to the tip of the antenna. When using FMR54 with planar antenna, especially for media with low dielectric constants, the end of the measuring range should not be closer than A: 1 m (3.28 ft) to the flange. The smallest possible measuring range B depends on the antenna version (see figure). The tank height should be at least H (see table). Device FMR51 FMR52 50(1.97) 200(7.87) A [mm (in)]

B [m (ft)]

C [mm (in)]

H [m (ft)]

> 0.2 (0.7) 50 to 250 (1.97 to 9.84)

> 0.3 (1.0) A0018872 3) 4) Affected compounds are e.g. R134a, R227, Dymel 152a. Dielectric constants of important media commonly used in various industries are summarized in the DC manual (CP01076F) and in the Endress

+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS). Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 43 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Mounting cladded flanges Use flange screws according to the number of flange holes. Tighten the screws with the required torque (see table). Retighten the screws after 24 hours or after the first temperature cycle. Depending on process pressure and process temperature check and retighten the screws at regular intervals. Usually, the PTFE flange cladding also serves as a seal between the nozzle and the device flange. Flange size Number of screws Recommended torque [Nm]

minimum maximum EN DN50/PN16 DN80/PN16 DN100/PN16 DN150/PN16 ASME 2"/150lbs 3"/150lbs 4"/150lbs 6"/150lbs JIS 10K 50A 10K 80A 10K 100A 10K 100A 4 8 8 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 45 40 40 75 40 65 45 85 40 25 35 75 65 55 60 115 55 95 70 125 60 35 55 115 Installation in vessel (free space) Horn antenna (FMR51) Alignment Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. The maximum range may be reduced if the horn antenna is not vertically aligned. A marking at the flange (somewhere between the flange holes) or the boss enables alignment of the antenna. This marking must be aligned towards the tank wall as well as possible. 44 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 A0018974 A0016820 Depending on the device version the marking may be a circle or two short parallel lines. Nozzle mounting For optimum measurement, the tip of the antenna should extend below the nozzle. Depending on the antenna size this is achieved by the following maximum nozzle heights:

19 Nozzle height for horn antenna (FMR51) Antenna 1) BA: Horn 40mm/1-1/2"

BB: Horn 50mm/2"

BC: Horn 80mm/3"

BD Horn 100mm/4"

Maximum nozzle height Hmax 86 mm (3.39 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 211 mm (8.31 in) 282 mm (11.1 in) 1) Feature 070 of the product structure Conditions for longer nozzles If the medium has good reflective properties, higher nozzles can be accepted. In this case the maximum nozzle height, Hmax, is dependent on the nozzle diameter, D:

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 45 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 A0023611 Nozzle diameter D Maximum nozzle height Hmax Recommended antenna 1) 40 mm (1.5 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) BA: Horn 40mm/1-1/2"

50 mm (2 in) 80 mm (3 in) 100 mm (4 in) 150 mm (6 in) 150 mm (5.9 in) BB: Horn 50mm/2"

250 mm (9.8 in) BC: Horn 80mm/3"

500 mm (19.7 in) BD: Horn 100mm/4"

800 mm (31.5 in) BD: Horn 100mm/4"

1) Feature 070 of the product structure If the antenna doesn't extend below the nozzle, observe the following:

The nozzle end must be smooth and free of burrs. If possible its edge should be rounded. An interference echo suppression must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with higher nozzles than those indicated in the table. of up to 1 000 mm (39.4 in) 5) For mounting in heigh nozzles the device is available in a version with an antenna extension The antenna extension may cause interference echoes in the near range. In this case it may occur that the maximum measurable level is reduced. Threaded connection For devices with a threaded connection it may be necessary - depending on the antenna size -

to unmount the horn before fastening the device and to mount it again afterwards. Tighten with the hexagonal nut only. Tool : 55 mm hexagonal wrench Maximum permissible torque: 60 Nm (44 lbf ft) Measurement from the outside through plastic walls (FMR50/FMR51) Dielectric constant of the medium: r > 10 If possible, use an antenna 100 mm (4 in). The distance from the lower edge of the antenna to the tank ceiling should be about 100 mm (4 in). elements. If possible, avoid mounting locations where condensation or build-up might occur. In case of outdoor mounting, the space between antenna and vessel has to be protected from the Do not mount any potential reflectors (e.g. pipes) outside the tank in the signal beam. 5) Feature 610 "Accessory mounted" of the product structure. 46 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Suitable thickness of the tank ceiling:

Penetrated material DK / r PE 2.3 PTFE 2.1 PP 2.3 Perspex 3.1 Optimum thickness 1) 3.8 mm (0.15 in) 4.0 mm (0.16 in) 3.8 mm (0.15 in) 3.3 mm (0.13 in) 1) Other possible values for the thickness are multiples of the values listed (e.g. for PE: 7,6 mm (0.3 in), 11,4 mm (0.45 in) Horn antenna, flush mount (FMR52) Alignment Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. The maximum range may be reduced if the horn antenna is not vertically aligned. A marking at the flange (somwhere between the flange holes) or the boss enables alignment of the antenna. This marking must be aligned towards the tank wall as well as possible. Depending on the device version the marking may be a circle or two short parallel lines. Nozzle mounting 20 Nozzle height for horn antenna, flush mount (FMR52) A0018974 A0016819 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 47 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Antenna 1) BO: Horn 50mm/2"

BP: Horn 80mm/3"

Maximum nozzle height Hmax 500 mm (19.7 in) 500 mm (19.7 in) 1) Feature 070 of the product structure Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with higher nozzle. For flanges with PTFE cladding: Observe the notes on the mounting of cladded flanges Usually, the PTFE flange cladding also serves as a seal between the nozzle and the device 44. flange. Installation in stilling well 21 Installation in stilling well 1 Marking for antenna alignment A0016841 For horn antenna: Align the marking towards the slots of the stilling well. Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to facilitate access to the display and the terminal compartment. Recommendations for the stilling well Metal (no enamel coating; plastic on request). Constant diameter. Diameter of stilling well not larger than antenna diameter. Diameter difference between horn antenna and inner diameter of the stilling well as small as possible. Weld seam as smooth as possible and on the same axis as the slots. Slots offset 180 (not 90). Slot width or diameter of holes max. 1/10 of pipe diameter, de-burred. Length and number do not have any influence on the measurement. Select horn antenna as big as possible. For intermedaite sizes (e.g. 180 mm (7 in)) select next larger antenna and adapt it mechanically (for horn antennas) At any transition (i.e. when using a ball valve or mending pipe segments), no gap may be left exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). 48 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 The stilling well must be smooth on the inside (average roughness Rz 6.3 m (248 in)). Use extruded or parallel welded metal pipe. An extension of the pipe is possible with welded flanges or pipe sleeves. Flange and pipe have to be properly aligned at the inside. Do not weld through the pipe wall. The inside of the stilling well must remain smooth. In case of unintentional welding through the pipe, the weld seam and any unevenness on the inside need to be carefully removed and smoothened. Otherwise, strong interference echoes will be generated and material build-up will be promoted. In the case of smaller nominal widths flanges must be welded to the pipe such that they allow for a correct orientation (marker aligned toward slots). Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 49 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Examples for the construction of stilling wells Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 A0019009 Stilling well with slots Full bore ball valve A Micropilot FMR50/FMR51: Horn 40mm(1") B Micropilot FMR50/FMR51/FMR52/FMR54: Horn 80mm(3") C D 1 Marking for axial alignment 2 3 4 5 6 7 Threaded connection e.g. welding neck flange DIN2633 hole max. 1/10 stilling well hole max. 1/10 stilling well; single sided or drilled through Inside of holes deburred Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter; avoid edges and constrictions. 50 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Installation in bypass 22 Installation in bypass 1 Marking for antenna alignment 2 Tank connectors A0019446 Align the marker perpendicular (90) to the tank connectors. Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to simplify access to the display and the terminal compartment. Recommendations for the bypass pipe Metal (no plastic or enamel coating). Constant diameter. Select horn antenna as big as possible. For intermediate sizes (e.g. 95 mm (3.5 in)) select next larger antenna and adapt it mechanically (for horn antennas). Diameter difference between horn antenna and inner diameter of the bypass as small as possible. At any transition (i.e. when using a ball valve or mending pipe segments), no gap may be created In the area of the tank connections (~ 20 cm (7.87 in)) a reduced accuracy of the measurement exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). has to be expected. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 51 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Example for the construction of a bypass Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Full bore ball valve A Micropilot FMR50/FMR51/FMR52/FMR54: Horn 80mm(3") B C Minimum distance to upper connection pipe: 400 mm (15,7 in) 1 Marking for axial alignment 2 3 4 5 e.g. welding neck flange DIN2633 Diameter of the connection pipes as small as possible Do not weld through the pipe wall; the inside of the bypass must remain smooth. Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter. Avoid edges and constrictions. A0019010 52 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Container with heat insulation If process temperatures are high, the device should be included in the usual container insulation system (2) to prevent the electronics from heating as a result of thermal radiation or convection. The insulation should not be higher than the neck of the device (1). A0032207 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 53 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Environment Ambient temperature range Measuring device 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F); 50 C (58 F) with manufacturer declaration on request Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 50 to +80 C (58 to +176 F) 1) Measuring device (option for FMR51, FMR52 and FMR54) Local display Remote display FHX50 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Remote display FHX50

(option) 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F), the readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), increased failure rates have to be expected. When operating the device in the open with strong sunlight:

Mount the device in a shady position. Avoid direct sunlight, especially in warmer regions. Use a weather protection cover (see accessories). Ambient temperature limits The following diagrams take into account only functional aspects. There may be further restrictions for certified device versions. Please refere to the separate Safety Instructions 116. With a temperature (Tp) at the process connection the admissible ambient temperature (Ta) is reduced according to the following diagram (temperature derating):

Information concerning the derating tables Option Meaning A B C E G K L 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20 mA HART, 4-20 mA 2-wire; FF, switch output 2-wire; PA, switch output 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20 mA HART 4-wire 10, 4-48VDC; 4-20 mA HART FMR51 Seal:

Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) Kalrez, 20 to 150 C (4 to 302 F) Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) B Switch output not used B Switch output used A 54 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 81 82 77

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp 81 82 77 Ta 81 82 77 Tp 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) Ta 66

(151) 67

(153) 61

(142) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

A0019351

V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51 Seal:

Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) Kalrez, 20 to 150 C (4 to 302 F) Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) Seal:

Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) Kalrez, 20 to 150 C (4 to 302 F) Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L FMR51 A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Tp 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 A0019351 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) Ta 67

(153) 63

(145) 68

(154) 63

(145) 62

(144) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 A0019351 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(140)

(140)

(140)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(165)

(165)

(165)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(145)

(145)

(145) Tp 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) Ta 56

(133) 56

(133) 38

(100) 56

(133) 55

(131) 56

(133) 41

(106) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 55 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51 Seal:

Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) Kalrez, 20 to 150 C (4 to 302 F) Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 40 to 250 C (40 to 482 F) Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L A A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 A0019351 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) Tp 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) Ta 69

(156) 70

(158) 64

(147) 70

(158) 66

(151) 71

(160) 65

(149) 65

(149) Ta 63

(145) 64

(147) 58

(136) 64

(147) 61

(142) 65

(149) 60

(140) 59

(138) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302) 150

(302)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta A0019351 56 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta A0019351 Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 40 to 250 C (40 to 482 F) Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 40 to 250 C (40 to 482 F) Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used A A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(140)

(140)

(140)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(165)

(165)

(165)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(145)

(145)

(145) Tp 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) Ta 44

(111) 44

(111) 32

(90) 44

(111) 44

(111) 44

(111) 35

(95) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) Ta 67

(153) 68

(154) 62

(144) 68

(154) 64

(147) 69

(156) 64

(147) 63

(154) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482) 250

(482)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta A0019351 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 57 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) Ta 26

(79) 26

(79) 25

(77) 26

(79) 26

(79) 26

(79) 26

(79) 26

(79) Tp 450

(842) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 196 to 450 C (321 to 842 F) Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 1)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 196 to 450 C (321 to 842 F) Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(140)

(140)

(140)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(165)

(165)

(165)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(145)

(145)

(145) Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20)

-29

(-20) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) A0019344 Ta

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5)

-15

(+5) A0019344 Ta 9

(48)

(48)

(48)

(48)

(48)

(48) 9 9 9 9 9 9

(48) 58 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51 Seal: Graphite, 196 to 450 C (321 to 842 F) Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172) 77

(171

(171)

(171) Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842) Ta 39

(102) 39

(102) 36

(97) 39

(102) 38

(100) 39

(102) 38

(100) 37

(99) Tp 450

(842) 450

(842) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) Tp Ta

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 450

(842) 450

(842) 450

(842)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 1) 2)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F")

-28 C (-18 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L FMR52 Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 61

(142) 61

(142) 55

(131) 62

(144) 58

(136) 62

(144) Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) A0019344

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2)

-20

(-4) 2) A0019351 Ta

-3

(27)

-3

(27)

-3

(27)

-3

(27)

-3

(27)

-3

(27) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 59 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) E, G Switch output used K, L P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 78 77 Tp 78 77 Ta 78 77 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 57

(135) 56

(133) Tp 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321

(171)

(171)

(171)

(172)

(172)

(172) 1)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(140)

(140)

(140)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(165)

(165)

(165)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(145)

(145)

(145) Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 42

(108) 42

(108) 31

(88) 42

(108) 42

(108) 42

(108) 33

(91) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

FMR52 Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) FMR52 Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used FMR52 Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) B Switch output not used A 60 Tp 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Tp 81 82 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 81 82 Ta 81 82 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 65

(149) 65

(149 Tp 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180) V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser A0019351 Ta

-3

(27)

-3

(27) A0019351

A0019351 Ta

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7) T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR52 Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L FMR52 Antenna: Horn 80mm/2"

Housing: GT18 (316 L) Temperature unit: C (F) A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L Ta 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Tp 77 82 79 83 78 77

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Ta 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 59

(138) 66

(151) 62

(144) 61

(142) 60

(140) Tp 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 66

(1512) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 1)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta 57

(135) 57

(135) 51

(124) 57

(135) 54

(129) 57

(135) 53

(127) 52

(126) Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 1)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") A0019351 Ta

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7)

-14

(+7) A0019351 Ta 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) 10

(50) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 61 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 Tp Ta Tp Ta Tp Ta

(176)

(176)

(176)

(169)

(169)

(169)

(140)

(140)

(140)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(165)

(165)

(165)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(145)

(145)

(145) Ta 36

(97) 36

(97) 27

(81) 36

(97) 36

(97) 36

(97) 30

(86) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

FMR52 Antenna: Horn 80mm/2"

Housing: GT19 (Plastics PBT) Temperature unit: C (F) B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used FMR52 Antenna: Horn 80mm/2"

Housing: GT20 (Alu, coated) Temperature unit: C (F) A A B Switch output not used B Switch output used C Channel 2 not used C Channel 2 used E, G Switch output not used E, G Switch output used K, L Tp

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40)

-40

(-40) Tp

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321)

-196

(-321) Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Tp 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Ta 80 76 60 82 74 79 63 Ta 81 82 77 82 79 83 78 77 Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Tp 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) 200

(392) Power Supply; Output (Pos. 2 of the product structure) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6

(178)

(178)

(178)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(171)

(171)

(171)

(180)

(180)

(180)

(174)

(174)

(174)

(181)

(181)

(181)

(172)

(172)

(172)

(171)

(171)

(171) Ta 61

(142) 62

(144) 56

(133) 62

(144) 58

(136) 62

(144) 58

(136) 57

(135) Tp 200

(392) Ta

-40 Tp

-40 Ta

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1) Tp

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) 200

(392)

-40

-40

-40

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

(-40) 1)

-196

(-321) A0019351

A0019351 Ta

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18)

-8

(+18) 1)

-50 C (-58 F) for ordering feature 580 ("Test, Certificate") = JN ("Ambient temperature transmitter -50C/-58F") Storage temperature 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 50 C (58 F) with manufacturer declaration on request 62 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD) Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 Generally up to 2 000 m (6 600 ft) above MSL. Above 2 000 m (6 600 ft) if the following conditions are met:

Ordering feature 020 "Power supply; Output" = A, B, C, E or G (2-wire versions) Supply voltage U < 35 V Supply voltage of overvoltage category 1 Degree of protection With closed housing tested according to:

IP68, NEMA6P (24 h at 1.83 m under water surface) For plastic housing with transparent cover (display module): IP68 (24 h at 1.00 m under water surface) 6) IP66, NEMA4X With open housing: IP20, NEMA1 Display module: IP22, NEMA2 Degree of protection IP68 NEMA6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is plugged in and is also rated IP68 NEMA6P. Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 / IEC 60068-2-64: 20 to 2 000 Hz, 1 (m/s2)2/Hz Cleaning the antenna The antenna can get contaminated, depending on the application. The emission and reception of microwaves can thus eventually be hindered. The degree of contamination leading to an error depends on the medium and the reflectivity, mainly determined by the dielectric constant r. If the medium tends to cause contamination and deposits, cleaning on a regular basis is recommended. Care has to be taken not to damage the antenna in the process of a mechanical or hose-down cleaning. The material compatibility has to be considered if cleaning agents are used! The maximum permitted temperature at the flange should not be exceeded. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility to all relevant requirements of the EN 61326- series and NAMUR recommendation EMC (NE21). For details see declaration of conformity. 7). If only the analogue signal is used, unshielded interconnection lines are sufficient for the installation. In case of using the digital signal (HART/ PA/ FF) use shielded interconnection lines. Max. fluctuations during EMC- tests: < 0.5 % of the span. As an exception to this, the maximum fluctuations may amount to 2 % of the span for devices with plastic housing and see-through lid

(integrated display SD02 or SD03) if strong electromagnetic interferences in the frequenency range of 1 to 2 GHz are present. 6) 7) This restriction is valid if the following options of the product structure have been selected at the same time: 030 ("Display, Operation") = C

("SD02") or E ("SD03"); 040 ("Housing") = A ("GT19"). Can be downloaded from www.endress.com. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 63 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Process Process temperature, Process pressure The specified pressure range may be reduced due to the selected process connection. The pressure rating (PN) specified on the flanges refers to a reference temperature of 20 C, for ASME flanges 100 F. Pay attention to pressure-temperature dependencies. Please refer to the following standards for the pressure values permitted for higher temperatures:

EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 With regard to their temperature stability properties, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped under 13E0 in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical. ASME B 16.5a - 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316 ASME B 16.5a - 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276 JIS B 2220 FMR51 23 FMR51: Admissible range of process temperature and process pressure 1 2 3 Seal: Graphite (Feature 090 "Seal", Option D3) Seal: Viton (Feature 090 "Seal", Option A5) Seal: Kalrez (Feature 090 "Seal", Option C1) A0022656-EN 64 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 24 FMR51: Admissible range of process temperature and process pressure of the HT version (Feature 090

"Seal", Option D2) A0020555-EN Feature 090 "Seal"

Admissible process pressure prel = 1 to 40 bar (14.5 to 580 psi) A5: Viton GLT C1: Kalrez D3: Graphite, 40...250C/-40...482F Admissible process temperature 40 to +150 C

(40 to 302 F) 20 to +150 C

(4 to 302 F) 40 to +250 C

(40 to 482 F) D2: Graphite, 196...450C/-321...842F (HT) 196 to +450 C

(321 to 842 F) prel = 1 to 160 bar (14.5 to 2 320 psi) Observe the temperature-dependent restrictions indicated in the diagram above 1). 1) For devices with CRN approval the pressure range may be reduced 97 FMR52 25 FMR52: Admissible range of process temperature and process pressure 1 2 Valid for the following process connections: 6" (ANSI), DN150 (EN), 10K150A (JIS) Valid for all other types of process connection A0035801 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 65 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Feature 100 "Process Connection" Admissible process Admissible process pressure temperature 196 to +200 C

(321 to 392 F) prel = 1 to 25 bar (14.5 to 363 psi) 1) 2) AFK: 2" 150lbs (ASME) AGK: 3" 150lbs (ASME) AHK: 4" 150lbs (ASME) ATK: 4" 300lbs (ASME) CFK: DN50 PN10/16 (EN) CGK: DN80 PN10/16 (EN) CHK: DN100 PN10/16 (EN) KFK: 10K 50A (JIS) KGK: 10K 80A (JIS) KHK: 10K 100A (JIS) MRK: DIN11851 DN50 MTK: DIN11851 DN80 TDK: Tri-Clamp 2"

TFK: Tri-Clamp 3"

THK: Tri-Clamp 4"

AJK: 6" 150lbs (ANSI) CJK: DN150 PN10/16 (EN) KJK: 10K 150A (JIS) Fr T = 196 to +100 C (321 to 212 F):

prel = 1 to 25 bar (14.5 to 363 psi) 1) 2) Fr T = 100 to 200 C (212 to 392 F):

prel = 0 to 25 bar (0 to 363 psi) 1) 2) 1) 2) For devices with CRN approval the pressure range may be reduced 97 Process connections up to 25 bar (363 psi) on request Dielectric constant For liquids r 1.9 in free-field applications r 1.4 in stilling well For bulk solids r 1.6 For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:

the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) 66 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Mechanical construction Dimensions Dimensions of the electronics housing 26 Housing GT18 (316L); Dimensions in mm (in)

*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 27 Housing GT19 (Plastics PBT); Dimensions in mm (in)

*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 28 Housing GT20 (Alu coated); Dimensions in mm (in)

*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. A0011666 A0011346 A0020751 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 67 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR51: Version T 150 C (302 F); without antenna extension Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 29 FMR51: Version T < 150 C (302 F); without antenna extension; dimensions: mm (in) A0023383 A B C D R Process connection: Thread Process connection: Tri-Clamp ISO2852 Process connection: Flange 316L Process connection: Flange AlloyC>316L Reference point of the measurement Valid for the following device versions Feature 090 "Seal":

A5: Viton GLT C1: Kalrez Dimensions of the horn antenna (L, d): 72 Dimensions of the process connection (A, D, b): 72 68 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51: Version T 150 C (302 F); with antenna extension 30 MR51: Version T < 150 C (302 F); with antenna extension; dimensions: mm (in) A B C D E R Process connections: Thread; Accessory mounted: 100mm/4" antenna extension Prozessanschluss: Tri-Clamp ISO2852; Accessory mounted: 100mm/4" antenna extension Process connection: Flange 316L; Accessory mounted: 100mm/4" antenna extension Process connection: Thread; Accessory mounted: ..... mm/inch antenna extension Process connection: Flange 316L;Accessory mounted: ..... mm/inch antenna extension Reference point of the measurement A0023384 Valid for the following device versions Feature 090 "Seal":

A5: Viton GLT C1: Kalrez Feature 610 "Accessory mounted"

OM: 100mm/4" antenna extension (diagrams A, B, C) OU: ..... mm antenna extension (101 ... 1000 mm) (diagrams D, E) OV: ..... inch antenna extension (3,98 ... 39,3 in) (diagrams D, E) Dimensions of the horn antenna (L, L2, d): 72 Dimensions of the process connections (A, D, b): 72 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 69 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR51: Version T 250 C (482 F) Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 31 FMR51: Version T < 250 C (482 F); dimensions: mm (in) A B C D R Process connection: Thread Process connection: Flange 316L Process connection: Thread; Accessory mounted: ..... mm/inch antenna extension Process connection: Flange 316L; Accessory mounted: ..... mm/inch antenna extension Reference point of the measurement A0023385 Valid for the following device versions Feature 090 "Seal":

D3: Graphite, -40...250C/-40...482F Dimensions of the horn antenna (L, d): 72 Dimensions of the process connection (D, b): 72 70 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51: Version T 450 C (842 F) 32 FMR51: Version T < 450 C (842 F); dimensions: mm (in) A0023386 Valid for the following device versions Feature 090 "Seal":

D2: Graphite, -196...450C/-321...842F Dimensions of the horn antenna (L, d): 72 Dimensions of the process connection (D, b): 72 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 71 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR51: Dimensions of the horn antenna Feature 070 "Antenna"

Dimension BA: Horn 40mm/1-1/2" BB: Horn 50mm/2" BC: Horn 80mm/3" BD: Horn 100mm/4"

L L2 d 86 mm (3.39 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 211 mm (8.31 in) 282 mm (11.1 in) 51 mm (2.01 in) 80 mm (3.15 in) 176 mm (6.93 in) 247 mm (9.72 in) 40 mm (1.57 in) 48 mm (1.89 in) 75 mm (2.95 in) 95 mm (3.74 in) FMR51: Dimensions of the process connections Flanges according to EN1092-1 (suitable for DIN2527) 1) Dimension Nominal diameter 2) DN50 DN80 DN100 DN150 18 mm (0.71 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 200 mm (7.87 in) 220 mm (8.66 in) 285 mm

(11.2 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 24 mm (0.94 in) 24 mm (0.94 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 200 mm (7.87 in) 235 mm (9.25 in)

30 mm (1.18 in) 250 mm (9.84 in) 36 mm (1.42 in) 265 mm (10.4 in) 1) 2) For flanges with a higher pressure rating than those listed in the product structure please contact Endress

+Hauser. see feature 100 "Process connection"

Flanges according to JIS B2220 1) Dimension 50A 80A 100A 150A Nominal diameter 2) 16 mm (0.63 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 155 mm (6.1 in) 185 mm (7.28 in) 210 mm (8.27 in) 280 mm (11 in) 44 mm (1.73 in) 270 mm (10.6 in)

1) 2) For flanges with a higher pressure rating than those listed in the product structure please contact Endress

+Hauser. see feature 100 "Process connection"

Pressure rating 2) PN10/16 PN25/40 PN63 PN100 Pressure rating 2) 10K 63K D b b b b D D D b b D D

72 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Flanges according to ANSI B16.5 1) Dimension 2"

3"

4"

6"

Nominal diameter 2) Pressure rating 2) 150 lbs 300 lbs b b D D 17.5 mm (0.69 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 23.9 mm (0.94 in) 150 mm (6 in) 190 mm (7.5 in) 230 mm (9 in) 280 mm (11 in) 20.7 mm (0.81 in) 27 mm (1.1 in) 30.2 mm (1.2 in) 35 mm (1.4 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 210 mm

(8.25 in) 255 mm (10 in) 320 mm

(12.5 in) 1) 2) For flanges with a higher pressure rating than those listed in the product structure please contact Endress

+Hauser. see feature 100 "Process connection"

Tri-Clamp according to ISO 2852 Dimension 51 (2") A 64 mm (2.52 in) 1) see feature 100 "Process connection"

Nominal diameter 1) DN70-76.1 (3") 91 mm (3.58 in) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 73 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR52 with dairy coupling DIN11851 Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 A0023387 33 FMR52 with dairy coupling DIN11851; dimensions: mm (in) A B R Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"; Process connection DIN11851 DN50 PN25 Antenna: Horn 80mm/3"; Process connection DIN11851 DN80 PN25 Reference point of the measurement Valid for the following device versions:

Feature 100 "Process connection"

MRK: DIN11851 DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L (diagram A) MTK: DIN11851 DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L (diagram B) 74 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 FMR52 with Tri-Clamp ISO2852 34 FMR52 with Tri-Clamp ISO2852; dimensions: mm (in) A B R Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Antenna: Horn 80mm/3"

Reference point of the measurement A0023388 Antenna 1) Process connection 2) BO: "Horn 50mm/2"

BP: Horn 80mm/3"

TDK: Tri-Clamp DN51

(2") TFK: Tri-Clamp DN70-76.1

(3") THK: Tri-Clamp DN101.6

(4") a 64 mm (2.52 in) 91 mm (3.58 in) 119 mm (4.69 in) 1) 2) Feature 070 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 75 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D FMR52 with flange Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 35 Dimensions FMR52 with flange; dimensions: mm (in) A B R Antenna: Horn 50mm/2"

Antenna: Horn 80mm/3"

Reference point of the measurement A0023389 Flanges according to EN1092-1 (suitable for DIN2527) Antenna 1) Process connection 2) a b c 20 mm (0.79 in) 102 mm (4.02 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 138 mm (5.43 in) 200 mm (7.87 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 220 mm (8.66 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 285 mm (11.2 in) BO Horn 50mm/2"

CFK Flange DN50 BP Horn 80mm/3"

CGK Flange DN80 CHK Flange DN100 CJK Flange DN150 1) 2) Feature 70 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Flanges according to ANSI B16.5 BO Horn 50mm/2"

AFK Flange 2" Cl.150 BP Horn 80mm/3"

AGK Flange 3" Cl.150 AHK Flange 4" Cl.150 AJK Flange 6" Cl.150 ATK Flange 4" Cl.300 1) 2) Feature 70 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Antenna 1) Process connection 2) a b c 17.5 mm (0.69 in) 92 mm (3.62 in) 150 mm (6 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 127 mm (5 in) 190 mm (7.5 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 230 mm (9 in) 23.9 mm (0.94 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 280 mm (11 in) 32.2 mm (1.27 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 255 mm (10 in) 76 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Weight Antenna 1) Process connection 2) a b c 16 mm (0.63 in) 96 mm (3.78 in) 155 mm (6.1 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 127 mm (5 in) 185 mm (7.28 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 151 mm (5.94 in) 210 mm (8.27 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 280 mm (11 in) Flanges according to JIS B2220 BO Horn 50mm/2"

KFK Flange 10K 50A BP Horn 80mm/3"

KGK Flange 10K 80A KHK Flange 10K 100A KJK Flange 10K 150A 1) 2) Feature 70 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Housing Part Housing GT18 - stainless steel Housing GT19 - plastic Housing GT20 - aluminium Weight approx. 4.5 kg (9.9 lb) approx. 1.2 kg (2.7 lb) approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) Antenna and process connection Device FMR51 FMR52 Weight of antenna and process connection max. 3.0 kg (6.6 lb) + weight of flange 1) max. 4 kg (8.8 lb) + weight of flange 1) 1) For the weight of the flange refer to Technical Information TI00426F. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 77 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Materials: GT18 housing

(stainless steel, corrosion-

resistant) Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

(depending on the device version) A0036037 Material CF3M similar to 316L/1.4404 Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Window: glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) PE PBT-GF Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 3 4 6 7 8 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) M12 socket: 316L (1.4404) Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal 9 Nameplate 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Plate: 316L (1.4404) Groove pin: A4 (1.4571) 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. 78 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Materials: GT19 housing

(plastic) No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment Material PBT 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 4 Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

(depending on the device version) A0013788 Cover glass: PC Cover frame: PBT-PC Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: PBT Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

the device version) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn 6 7 8 Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Screw: A2 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) 9 Adhesive nameplate Plastic 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 79 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Materials: GT20 housing

(die-cast aluminum, powder-

coated) Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Nr. Part Material 1 Housing, RAL 5012 (blue) 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment; RAL 7035

(gray) 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment; RAL 7035

(gray) Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

(depending on the device version) A0036037 Housing: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Coating: Polyester Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Window: Glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:

Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on Dummy plug, depending on the device version:

the device version) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug : Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) 3 4 6 7 80 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Nr. Part 8 Ground terminal Material Screw: A2 Spring washer: A2 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) 9 Adhesive nameplate Plastic 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Materials: Antenna and process connection FMR51 A B C D E F G H Version with screw-in adapter XT version with threaded connection XT version with flange HT version with flange Version with flange and antenna extension > 100 mm (3.94 in) to 500 mm (19.7 in) Version with threaded connection and antenna extension > 100 mm (3.94 in) to 500 mm (19.7 in) Version with clamp adapter and antenna extension 100 mm (3.94 in) Version with flange and antenna extension 100 mm (3.94 in) A0018961 Pos. 1 Part Horn Screws Spring-lock washer (compact version) Nordlock washer

(extension >100 mm, XT and HT version) Material 316L (1.4404) A4 A4 A4 AlloyC22 (2.4602) AlloyC22 (2.4602) without spring-lock washer without Nordlock washer Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 81 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 XT:

PEEK XT:

Graphite HT:

Al2O3 HT:

Graphite Pos. Part Process separation cone Seal Process adapter Locking washer Housing adapter Intermediate adapter (HT) Process adapter Flange Material Standard:

PTFE Standard:

Viton: FKM Kalrez: FFKM

(K6375) 316L (1.4404) 316L (1.4404) 316L (1.4404) 316L (1.4404) Temperature reduction (XT) 316L (1.4404) 316L (1.4404/1.4435) optionally AlloyC22 (2.4602) clad Extension process adapter 316L (1.4404) Locking washer A B C Dairy coupling Clamp adapter Flange version Pos. Part Process adapter Housing adapter Flange Cladding A0018951 Material 316L (1.4435) 304 (1.4301) 316L (1.4404/1.4435) PTFE

(in accordance with FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 and USP

<88> Class VI) FMR52 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 82 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Materials: Weather protection cover A0015473 No Part: Material Protection cover: 316L (1.4404) Molded rubber part (4x): EPDM Clamping screw: 316L (1.4404) + carbon fibre 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bracket: 316L (1.4404) Ground terminal Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Washer: A4 Cheese head screw: A4-70 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 83 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Operating concept Operability Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks Commissioning Operation Diagnostics Expert level Operating languages English Deutsch Franais Espaol Italiano Nederlands Portuguesa Polski

(Russian) Svenska Trke

(Chinese)

(Japanese)

(Korean) Bahasa Indonesia ting Vit (Vietnamese) etina (Czech) Feature 500 of the product structure determines which of these languages is preset on delivery. Quick and save commissioning Interactive wizard with graphical interface for easy commissioning via FieldCare/DeviceCare Menu guidance with brief explanations of the individual parameter functions Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools Integrated data storage device (HistoROM) Enables transfer of configuration when changing electronic modules Records up to 100 event messages in the device Records up to 1000 measured values in the device Saves the signal curve on commissioning which can later be used as a reference. Efficient diagnostics increase measurement reliability Remedy information is integrated in plain text Diverse simulation options and line recorder functions Integrated Bluetooth module (option for HART devices) Easy and fast setup via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (Fraunhofer-Institut, third party, tested) and password-protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology 84 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Local operation Operation with Pushbuttons Order code for

"Display;

Operation"

Option C "SD02"

Touch Control Option E "SD03"

Display elements 4-line display A0036312 A0036313 4-line display white background lighting; switches to red in event of device error Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individually configured Permitted ambient temperature for the display: 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Operating elements local operation with 3 push buttons (, , ) external operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , , Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas Additional functionality Data backup function The device configuration can be saved in the display module. Data comparison function The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current device configuration. Data transfer function The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display module. Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 36 FHX50 operating options 1 2 Display and operating module SD03, optical keys; can be operated through the glass of the cover Display and operating module SD02, push buttons; cover must be removed A0036314 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 85 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology Requirements Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 37 Device with Bluetooth module 1 2 Electronics housing of the device Bluetooth module This operation option is only available for devices with Bluetooth module. There are the following options:

The device has been ordered with a Bluetooth module:

Feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"

The Bluetooth module has been ordered as an accessory (ordering number: 71377355) and has been mounted. See Special Documentation SD02252F. Operation via SmartBlue (app) A0036790 A0034939 38 Operation via SmartBlue (app) 1 2 3 Transmitter power supply unit Smartphone / tablet with SmartBlue (app) Transmitter with Bluetooth module 86 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Remote operation Via HART protocol 39 Options for remote operation via HART protocol 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor) Connection for Commubox FXA191, FXA195 and Field Communicator 375, 475 Field Communicator 475 Computer with operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare , AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) Commubox FXA191 (RS232) or FXA195 (USB) Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable Transmitter Via PROFIBUS PA protocol A0036169 A0036301 40 Options for remote operation via PROFIBUS PA protocol 1 2 3 4 5 Segment coupler Computer with Profiboard/Proficard and operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare PLC (Progrommable Logic Controller) Transmitter Additional functions (valves etc.) Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 87 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Via FOUNDATION Fieldbus Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 41 FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture with associated components A0017188 1 2 3 4 FFblue Bluetooth modem Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 DeviceCare/FieldCare NI-FF interface card IN FF-HSE FF-H1 LD PS SB BT Industrial network High Speed Ethernet FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1 Linking Device FF-HSE/FF-H1 Bus Power Supply Safety Barrier Bus Terminator 88 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) 42 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) 1 2 3 Service interface (CDI) of the instrument (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) Commubox FXA291 Computer with DeviceCare/FieldCare operating tool A0032466 Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 89 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Integration in tank gauging system The Endress+Hauser Tank Side Monitor NRF81 provides integrated communications for sites with multiple tanks, each with one or more sensors on the tank, such as radar, spot or average temperature, capacitive probe for water detection and/or pressure sensors. Multiple protocols out of the Tank Side Monitor guarantee connectivity to nearly any of the existing industry standard tank gauging protocols. Optional connectivity of analog 4...20 mA sensors, digital I/O and analog output simplify full tank sensor integration. Use of the proven concept of the intrinsically safe HART bus for all on-tank sensors yields extremely low wiring costs, while at the same time providing maximum safety, reliability and data availability. 43 The complete measuring system consists of:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tankvision workstation Commubox FXA195 (USB) - optional Computer with operating tool (ControlCare) - optional Level measuring device Temperature measuring device Tank Side Monitor NRF81 Pressure measuring device Tankvision Tank Scanner NXA820 A0017982 90 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 SupplyCare inventory management software SupplyCare is a web-based operating program for coordinating the flow of material and information along the supply chain. SupplyCare provides a comprehensive overview of the levels of geographically distributed tanks and silos, for instance, providing complete transparency over the current inventory situation, regardless of time and location. Based on the measuring and transmission technology installed onsite, the current inventory data are collected and sent to SupplyCare. Critical levels are clearly indicated and calculated forecasts provide additional security for material requirements planning. The main functions of SupplyCare:

Inventory visualization SupplyCare determines the inventory levels in tanks and silos at regular intervals. It displays current and historical inventory data and calculated forecasts of future demand. The overview page can be configured to suit the user's preferences. Master data management Report Configurator With SupplyCare you can create and manage the master data for locations, companies, tanks, products and users, as well as user authorization. The Report Configurator can be used to create personalized reports quickly and easily. The reports can be saved in a variety of formats, such as Excel, PDF, CSV and XML. The reports can be transmitted in many ways, such as by http, ftp or e-mail. Events, such as when levels drop below the safety stock level or plan points, are indicated by the software. In addition, SupplyCare can also notify pre-defined users by e-mail. If technical problems occur, e.g. connection issues, alarms are triggered and alarm e-mails are sent to the System Administrator and the Local System Administrator. The integrated delivery planning function automatically generates an order proposal if a pre-set minimum inventory level is undershot. Scheduled deliveries and disposals are monitored continuously by SupplyCare. SupplyCare notifies the user if scheduled deliveries and disposals are not going to be met as planned. In the Analysis module, the most important indicators for the inflow and outflow of the individual tanks are calculated and displayed as data and charts. Key indicators of material management are automatically calculated and form the basis for optimizing the delivery and storage process. All the tanks and the tank inventories are represented graphically on a map (based on Google Maps). The tanks and inventory situations can be filtered by tank group, product, supplier or location. The multi-language user interface supports 9 languages, thereby enabling global collaboration on a single platform. The language and settings are recognized automatically using the browser settings. Geographical visualization Multi-language support SupplyCare Enterprise SupplyCare Enterprise runs by default as a service under Microsoft Windows on an application server in an Apache Tomcat environment. The operators and administrators operate the application via a Web browser from their workstations. Event management Alarms Delivery planning Analysis Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 91 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 44 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B A0034288 SupplyCare Enterprise (via Web browser) SupplyCare Enterprise installation SupplyCare Enterprise on mobile devices (via Web browser) Ethernet/WLAN/UMTS Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop 92 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Cloud-based application: SupplyCare Hosting SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (software as a service). Here, the software is installed within the Endress+Hauser IT infrastructure and made available to the user in the Endress

+Hauser portal. A0034289 45 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 SupplyCare Hosting installation in Endress+Hauser data center PC workstation with Internet connection 1 2 3 Warehouse locations with Internet connection via 2G/3G with FXA42 or FXA30 4 Warehouse locations with Internet connection with FXA42 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC With SupplyCare Hosting, users do not need to make the initial software purchase or install and run the IT infrastructure needed. Endress+Hauser constantly update SupplyCare Hosting and enhance the capability of the software in conjunction with the customer. The hosted version of SupplyCare is thus always up-to-date and can be customized to meet different customer requirements. Other services are also offered in addition to the IT infrastructure and the software that is installed in a secure, redundant Endress+Hauser data center. These services include defined availability of the global Endress+Hauser Service and Support Organization and defined response times in a service event. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 93 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D CE mark RoHS RCM-Tick marking Ex approval Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Certificates an approvals Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the product configurator. The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the applicable EC guidelines. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity together with the standards applied. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. The measuring system complies with the substance restrictions of the Restriction on Hazardous Substances Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2). The supplied product or measuring system meets the ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements for network integrity, interoperability, performance characteristics as well as health and safety regulations. Here, especially the regulatory arrangements for electromagnetic compatibility are met. The products are labelled with the RCM- Tick marking on the name plate. A0029561 ATEX IEC Ex CSA FM NEPSI KC INMETRO TIIS (in preparation) Additional safety instructions must be observed for applications in hazardous areas. They are contained in the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document, which is included in the scope of delivery. Reference is made to the XA on the nameplate of the device. Details on the available certificats as well as the associated XAs can be found in the Associated documentation chapter in the Safety instructions section: 116. The devices have been designed according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 as dual seal devices, allowing the user to waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC) These instruments comply with the North-American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-

saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Further information can be found in the Safety Instructions (XA) of the relevant devices. Functional safety Use for level monitoring (MIN, MAX, range) up to SIL 3 (homogeneous or diverse redundancy), independently evaluated by TV Rheinland in accordance with IEC 61508, refer to the "Functional Safety Manual" for information. WHG WHG approval: Z-65.16-524 Sanitary compatibility FMR52 with flange cladding made of PTFE conforms to FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 and USP <88> Class VI 94 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 3A and EHEDG approval with Tri-Clamp and DIN11851 process connection. To avoid risk of contamination, install according to the Hygienic Equipment Design Criteria

(HDC) as stated in the Subgroup Design Principles of the EHEDG, Doc. 8 from April 2004. Suitable fittings and seals must be used to ensure hygiene-compliant design according to the specifications of 3-A SSI and EHEDG. The leak-tight connections can be cleaned with the cleaning methods usually used in this industry without leaving residues. The 316L housing (GT18), option B in the order attribute 40, is not suitable for applications which need a 3A approval. NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156 The wetted, metal materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156. Declaration of Conformity: see the product structure, feature 580, version JB NACE MR 0103 The wetted, metal materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR 0103. The Declaration of Conformity is based on NACE MR 0175. The hardness and intergranular corrosion have been tested, and heat treatment (solution annealed) has been performed. The materials used therefore meet the requirements of NACE MR 0103. Declaration of Conformity: see the product structure, feature 580, version JE. Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) Pressure instruments with a flange and threaded boss that do not have a pressurized housing do not fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive, irrespective of the maximum allowable pressure. Marine certificate Marine certificate 1) Radio standard EN302729 Reasons:

Device FMR51 FMR52 According to Article 2, point 5 of EU Directive 2014/68/EU, pressure accessories are defined as

"devices with an operational function and having pressure-bearing housings". If a pressure instrument does not have a pressure-bearing housing (no identifiable pressure chamber of its own), there is no pressure accessory present within the meaning of the Directive. GL ABS LR BV DNV 1) see oredering feature 590 "Additional approval"

The devices Micropilot FMR51 with Antenna Horn 100 mm /4" and FMR52 with Antenna Horn 80 mm / 3" flush mounted conform with the LPR (Level Probing Radar) standard EN302729. The devices Micropilot FMR51 with Antenna Horn 100 mm /4" and FMR52 with Antenna Horn 80 mm /

3" flush mounted are allowed to be used inside or outside of closed bins or tanks in countries of th EU and the EFTA. Precondition is that the country itself already has implemented the directive. At present, the following countries have already implemented the directive:

Belgium, Bulgaria, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, Great Britain, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Latvia, Malta, Netherland, Norway, Austria, Poland, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Spain, Czech Republic and Cyprus. All countries not mentioned above are at present in the implementation phase. 1. 2. 3. For the use of the devices outside of closed bins or tanks, the following has to be observed:

The installation has to be done by trained personnel. The antenna of the device has to be mounted on a fixed place and vertically to the bottom. The mounting place has to be in a distance of at least 4 km to the mentioned astronomical stations or an appropriate permission has to be issued by the national authority. If the device is mounted at a distance of 4 to 40 km from the stations mentioned, the maximum mounting height is restricted to 15 m (49 ft). Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 95 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Name of the station Geographical latitude Geographical longitude Astronomical stations Country Germany Finland France Plateau de Bure United Kingdom Cambridge Effelsberg Metshovi Tuorla Floirac Damhall Jodrell Bank Knockin Pickmere Medicina Noto Sardinia Dmitrov Kalyazin Pushchino Zelenchukskaya Onsala Bleien Yebes Robledo Penc 5031'32" N 6013'04" N 6024'56" N 4438'01" N 4450'10" N 5209'59" N 5309'22" N 5314'10" N 5247'24" N 5317'18" N 4431'14" N 3652'34" N 3929'50" N 5626'00" N 5713'22" N 5449'00" N 4349'53" N 5723'45" N 4720'26" N 4031'27" N 4025'38" N 4747'22" N Krakow Fort Skala 5003'18" N Italy Poland Russia Sweden Switzerland Spain Hungary 0653'00" E 2423'37" E 2426'31" E 0554'26" E 0031'37" W 0002'20" E 0232'03" W 0218'26" W 0259'45" W 0226'38" W 1138'49" E 1459'21" E 0914'40" E 1949'36" E 3727'00" E 3754'01" E 3740'00" E 4135'32" E 1155'35" E 0806'44" E 0305'22" W 0414'57" W 1916'53" E In general the requirements of EN 302729 have to be taken in consideration. Radio standard EN 302372 The devices comply with the Tanks Level Probing Radar (TLPR) radio standard EN 302372 and are approved for use in closed containers. For installation, points a to f in Annex E of EN 302372 must be taken into consideration. FCC This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The devices are compliant with the FCC Code of Federal Regulations, CFR 47, Part 15, Sections 15.205, 15.207, 15.209. In addition, the devices FMR51 with antenna Horn 100 mm / 4" and FMR52 with antenna Horn 80 mm / 3" flush mount, are compliant with Section 15.256 . For these LPR (Level Probe Radar) applications the devices must be professionally installed in a downward operating position. In addition, the devices are not allowed to be mounted in a zone of 4 km around RAS stations and within a radius of 40 km around RAS stations the maxium operation height of devices is 15 m (49 ft) above ground. Industry Canada Canada CNR-Gen Section 7.1.3 96 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. In order to comply with FCC/ISED RF Exposure requirements, this device must be installed to provide at least 4,5 cm separation from the human body at all times. Afin de se conformer aux exigences d'exposition RF FCC / ISED, cet appareil doit tre install pour fournir au moins 4,5 cm de sparation du corps humain en tout temps The installation of the LPR/TLPR device shall be done by trained installers, in strict compliance with the manufacturers instructions. The use of this device is on a no-interference, no-protection basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. However, devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the users expense. This device shall be installed and operated in a completely enclosed container to prevent RF emissions, which can otherwise interfere with aeronautical navigation. The installer/user of this device shall ensure that it is at least 10 km from the Dominion Astrophysical Radio Observatory (DRAO) near Penticton, British Columbia. The coordinates of the DRAO are latitude 491915 N and longitude 1193712 W. For devices not meeting this 10 km separation (e.g., those in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia,) the installer/user must coordinate with, and obtain the written concurrence of, the Director of the DRAO before the equipment can be installed or operated. The Director of the DRAO may be contacted at 250-497-2300 (tel.) or 250-497-2355 (fax). (Alternatively, the Manager, Regulatory Standards Industry Canada, may be contacted.) The FMR51T is a submodel of the FMR51 that fulfills the requirements for use as TLPR

(Tank Level Probe Radar). The model FMR51L is a submodel of the FMR51. "L" indicates the unique option BD of the feature 070 ("Antenna") that fullfills the requirements for use as LPR (Level Probe Radar). The FMR52T is a submodel of the FMR52 that fulfills the requirements for use as TLPR

(Tank Level Probe Radar). The model FMR52L is a submodel of the FMR52. "L" indicates the unique option BP of the feature 070 ("Antenna") that fullfills the requirements for use as LPR (Level Probe Radar). Japanese radio approval The devices comply with Japanese Radio Law, Article 6, Section 1(1) CRN approval Some device versions have a CRN approval. Devices are CRN approved if the folowing two conditions are met:

The device has a CSA approval (Product structure: Feature 010 "Approval") The device has a CRN approved process connection according to the following table. Feature 100 of the product structure Process connection AFJ AFK AFM AGJ AGK AGM AHJ AHK AHM AJJ AJK AJM ARJ NPS 2" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 2" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 2" Cl.150, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 3" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 3" Cl.150, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 6" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 6" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 6" Cl.150, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 2" Cl.300 RF, 316/316L Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 97 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Feature 100 of the product structure Process connection ARM ASJ ASM ATJ ATK ATM MRK MTK RGJ RVJ TDJ TDK TFJ TFK THK NPS 2" Cl.300, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 3" Cl.300 RF, 316/316L NPS 3" Cl.300, AlloyC >316/316L NPS 4" Cl.300 RF, 316/316L NPS 4" Cl.300, PTFE>316/316L NPS 4" Cl.300, AlloyC >316/316L DIN11851 DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L DIN11851 DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Thread EN10226 R1-1/2, 316L Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN51 (2"), 316L Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN51 (2"), PTFE>316L, 3A, EHEDG Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN70-76.1 (3"), 316L Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN70-76.1 (3"), PTFE>316L, 3A, EHEDG Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN101.6 (4"), PTFE>316L, 3A, EHEDG Process connections without CRN approval are not included in this table. Refer to the product structure to see which process connections are available for a specific For some process connections not listed in the product structure a CRN approval is available CRN approved devices are marked with the registration number OF15872.5C on the device type. on request. nameplate. For device versions listed in the table below, the maximum allowed pressure is reduced if they have a CRN approval. For device versions not listed in the table below the pressure range as indicated in the "Process" chapter 64 is not affected by the CRN approval. Product Antenna 1) Process connection 2) Seal 3) FMR52 FMR51 TFK: Tri-Clamp 3"

THK: Tri-Clamp 4"

1) 2) 3) Feature 070 of the product structure Feature 100 of the product structure Feature 090 of the product structure max. pressure 10 bar (145 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) D2: Graphite (HT) 100 bar (1 450 psi) Track record FMR5x is the upgrade model of the corresponding FMR2xx series. 98 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Test, Certificate Feature 580

"Test, Certificate"

Designation JA JB JD JE JF KD KE KG KP KQ KR KS KV Available for FMR51 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR51 FMR51 FMR51 3.1 Material certificate, wetted metallic parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Conformity to NACE MR0175, wetted metallic parts 3.1 Material certificate, pressurized parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Conformity to NACE MR0103, wetted metallic parts Conformity to AD2000, wetted metallic parts:

Material of all wetted/pressurized parts conform to AD2000 (Technical rules W2, W9, W10) Helium leak test, internal procedure, inspection certificate Pressure test, internal procedure, inspection certificate 3.1 Material certificate+PMI test (XRF), internal procedure, wetted metallic parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate FMR51 FMR52 Liquid penetrant test AD2000-HP5-3(PT), wetted/pressurized metallic parts, inspection certificate Liquid penetrant test ISO23277-1 (PT), wetted/pressurized metallic parts, inspection certificate Liquid penetrant test ASME VIII-1 (PT), wetted/pressurized metallic parts, inspection certificate Welding documentation, wetted/pressurized seams consisting of Drawing WPQR (Welding Procedure Qualification Report) WPS (Welding Process Specification) Manufacturer Declaration Conformity to ASME B31.3:

The dimensions, materials of construction, pressure / temperature ratings and identification markings of the device comply with the requirements of ASME B31.3 FMR51 FMR52 Test reports, declarations and material test certificates can be obtained electronically from the W@M Device Viewer :

Enter the serial number from the nameplate (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) This applies to the options of the following ordering features:

550 "Calibration"

580 "Test, Certificate"

590 "Additional Approval", option LW: "CoC-ASME BPE"

Hard-copy product documentation Hard-copy versions of the test reports, declarations and inspection certificates can also be order via order code 570 "Service", option I7 "Hard-copy product documentation". The documents are then supplied with the product. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 99 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Other standards and guidelines Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 60529 EN 61010-1 IEC/EN 61326 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 53 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control and Laboratory Use

"Emission in accordance with Class A requirements". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements). NAMUR NE 21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output signal. Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics NAMUR NE 107 NAMUR NE 131 Status classification as per NE107 Requirements for field devices for standard applications. IEC61508 Functional safety of safety-related electric/electronic/programmable electronic systems 100 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Ordering information Ordering information Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:

In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com -> Click "Corporate"

-> Select your country -> Click "Products" -> Select the product using the filters and search field ->

Open product page -> The "Configure" button to the right of the product image opens the Product Configurator. From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.addresses.endress.com Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration Up-to-the-minute configuration data Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as measuring range or operating language Automatic verification of exclusion criteria Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 101 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D 3-point linearity protocol The following notes must be taken into account if option F3 ("3 point linearity protocol") has been selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 3 points of the linearity protocol are defined as follows:

Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 46 Points of the 3-point linearity protocol; Dimensions: mm (in) A R 1 2 3 Distance from reference point R to first measuring point Reference point of the measurement First measuring point Second measuring point (centrally between first and third measuring point) Third measuring point A0023272 Measuring point Position 1st measuring point At the distance A from the reference point A = antenne length + antenna extension (if present) + 500 mm (19.7 in) Minimum distance: Amin = 1 000 mm (39.4 in) 2nd measuring point centrally between 1st and 3rd measuring point 3rd measuring point 6 000 mm (236 in) below the reference point, R The position of the measuring points may vary by 1 cm (0.04 in). The linearity is checked under reference conditions. 102 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 5-point linearity protocol The following notes must be taken into account if option F4 ("5 point linearity protocol") has been selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The five points of the linearity protocol are evenly distributetd across the measuring range (0% to 100%). In order to define the measuring range, Empty calibration (E) and Full calibration (F) have to be specified 8). The following restrictions have to be taken into account when defining E and F:

Minimum distance between reference point

(R) and 100% level Minimum span Maximum value for

"Empty calibration"

A0017983 F 400 mm (16 in) E 24 m (79 ft) Device version FMR51/FMR52 Without antenna extension FMR51 with 100 mm/4" antenna extension 2) FMR51 with varaible antenna extension 3) A antenna length +

200 mm (8 in) 1) A antenna length +

antenna extension 100 mm (4 in) +

200 mm (8 in) A antenna length +

maximum antenna extension 1 000 mm (40 in) 4) +

200 mm (8 in) 1) 2) 3) 4) Minimum value: A 400 mm (16 in) Feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option OM Feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option OU or OV This value is independent of the actual size of the antenna extension. The linearity is checked under reference conditions. The selected values of Empty calibration and Full calibration are only used to record the linearity protocol and are reset to their probe specific default values thereafter. If values different from the default are required, they must be ordered as a customized parametrization 104. 8) If E and F are not specified, probe dependent default values will be used instead. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 103 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Customized parametrization If the option IJ "Customized parametrization HART", IK "Customized parametrization PA" or IL

"Customized parametrization FF" has been selected in feature 570 "Service", customer specific presettings can be selected for the following parameters:

Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Tagging (TAG) Ordering feature 895: Marking Parameter Setup Distance unit Communication Selection list / range of values in ft mm m HART PA FF HART PA FF HART PA FF Setup Empty calibration max. 70 m (230 ft) Setup Full calibration max. < 70 m (230 ft) Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Damping HART 0 to 999.9 s Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Failure mode HART Setup Adv. Setup Current output 1/2 Burst mode HART Min Max Last valid value Off On Option Z1: Tagging (TAG), see additional spec. Position of the measuring point marking To be selected in the additional specifications:

Tag plate Stainless Steel Self-adhesive paper label Supplied label/plate RFID TAG RFID TAG + Tag plate Stainless Steel RFID TAG + Self-adhesive paper label RFID TAG + Supplied label/plate Definition of the measuring point designation To be defined in the additional specifications:

3 lines containing up to 18 characters each Designation in the Electronic Name Plate (ENP) Designation on the display module The measuring point designation appears on the selected label and/or the RFID TAG. The first 32 characters of the measuring point designation The first 12 characters of the measuring point designation The following services can be selected via the product structure in the Product Configurator 9):

PWIS free (PWIS: paint wetting impairment substances) Customized parametrization HART 104 Customized parametrization PA 104 Customized parametrization FF 104 Without tooling DVD (FieldCare) Services 9) Feature 570 of the product structure 104 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Application Packages Heartbeat Diagnostics Availability Available in all device versions. Function Continuous self-monitoring of the device. Diagnostic messages output to the local display. an asset management system (e.g. FieldCare/DeviceCare). an automation system (e.g. PLC). Device condition information is available immediately and processed in time. The status signals are classified in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR recommendation NE 107 and contain information about the cause of the error and remedial action. Advantages Detailed description See Operating Instructions of the device ( 116); chapter "Diagnostics and trouble shooting"

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 105 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Heartbeat Verification Availability Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":

EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification Device functionality checked on demand Verification of the correct functioning of the measuring device within specifications. The verification result provides information about the condition of the device: Passed or Failed. The results are documented in a verification report. The automatically generated report supports the obligation to demonstrate compliance with internal and external regulations, laws and standards. Verification is possible without interrupting the process. Advantages No onsite presence is required to use the function. The DTM 10) triggers verification in the device and interprets the results. No specific knowledge is required on the part of the user. The verification report can be used to prove quality measures to a third party. Heartbeat Verification can replace other maintenance tasks (e.g. periodic check) or extend the test intervals. SIL/WHG-locked devices 11) The Heartbeat Verification module contains a wizard for the proof test which must be performed at appropriate intervals for the following applications:

SIL (IEC61508/IEC61511) WHG (German Water Resources Act) To perform a proof test, the device must be locked (SIL/WHG locking). The wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. In the case of SIL-locked and WHG-locked devices, it is not possible to perform verification without additional measures (e.g. by-passing of the output current) because the output current must be simulated (Increased safety mode) or the level must be approached manually (Expert mode) during subsequent re-locking (SIL/WHG locking). Detailed description SD01871F DTM: Device Type Manager; controls device operation via DeviceCare, FieldCare or a DTM-based process control system. 10) 11) Only relevant for devices with SIL or WHG approval: order code 590 ("Additional approval"), option LA ("SIL") or LC ("WHG"). 106 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Heartbeat Monitoring Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":

EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring Function In addition to the verification parameters, the corresponding parameter values are also logged. Existing measured variables, such as the echo amplitude, are used in the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards. For Micropilot FMR5x, the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards cannot be used together.

"Foam detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Foam detection wizard. This wizard is used to configure automatic foam detection, which detects foam on the product surface on the basis of the reduced signal amplitude. Foam detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a sprinkler system, for example, which dissolves the foam. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system.

"Build-up detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Build-up detection wizard. The wizard is used to configure automatic buildup detection, which detects the buildup of deposits on the antenna on the basis of the increased area of the coupling signal. Buildup detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a compressed air system, for example, to clean the antenna. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. Early detection of changes (trends) to ensure plant availability and product quality. Use of information for the proactive planning of measures (e.g. cleaning/maintenance). Identification of undesirable process conditions as the basis to optimizing the facility and the Automated control of measures to remove foam or buildup. Advantages processes. Detailed description SD01871F Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 107 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Accessories Device-specific accessories Weather protection cover Accessory Description Weather protection cover Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 A0015466 A0015472 47 Weather protection cover; Dimensions: mm (in) The weather protection cover can be ordered together with the device (product structure, feature 620 "Accessory Enclosed", option PB "Weather Protection Cover"). Alternatively, it can be separately ordered as an accessory; order code 71162242. 108 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Remote display FHX50 Accessories Description Remote display FHX50 A0019128 Material:

Plastic PBT 316L/1.4404 Aluminum SD02 (push buttons) SD03 (touch control) Connecting cable:

Degree of protection: IP68 / NEMA 6P and IP66 / NEMA 4x Suitable for display modules:

Cable supplied with device up to 30 m (98 ft) Standard cable supplied by customer up to 60 m (196 ft) Ambient temperature range: 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Ambient temperature range (option): 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) If the remote display should be used, order the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" (feature 030, version L, M or N). For the FHX50, you must select option A: "Prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050 "Measuring device version". If the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" was not originally ordered and a FHX50 display is to be retrofitted, you must select version B "Not prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050: "Measuring device version" when ordering the FHX50. In this case, a retrofit kit for the device is supplied with the FHX50. The kit can be used to prepare the device so that the FHX50 can be used. Use of the FHX50 may be restricted for transmitters with an approval. A device can only be retrofitted with the FHX50 if the option L, M or N ("Prepared for FHX50") is listed under Basic specifications, item 4 "Display, operation"

in the Safety Instructions (XA) for the device. Also pay attention to the Safety Instructions (XA) of the FHX50. Retrofitting is not possible on transmitters with:

An approval for use in areas with flammable dust (dust ignition-proof approval) Ex nA type of protection For details, see document SD01007F. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), failure rates may be increased. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 109 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Horn protection for horn antenna This section is not valid for the following options of ordering feature 610 "Accessory Mounted". OU: ...mm antenna extension OV: ... inch antenna extension For these cases: 111 Accessory Description Horn protection for horn antenna 80 mm (3 in) or 100 mm (4 in) A0019143 Horn antenna of the Micropilot (not supplied with the horn protection) Horn protection A B d Diameter of horn protection (see table below) D Minimum nozzle diameter (see table below) L Length of antenna with horn protection (see table below) For details refer to mounting instructions SD01084F. Process conditions Maximum vessel pressure: 0.5 bar (7.252 psi) Maximum process temperature: 130 C (266 F) Danger of explosion Avoid electrostatic charging of the horn protection. Horn protection for FMR51 Antenna 1) Order code horn protection BC: Horn 80mm/3"

71105890 238 mm (9.4 in) BD: Horn 100mm/4"

71105889 302 mm (11.9 in) Dimensions antenna + horn protection L 2) d 96 mm (3.78 in) 116 mm (4.57 in) D DN100 DN150 1) 2) Feature 070 of the product structure A different length is valid for antennas with variable antenna extension (ordering feature 610, option OU or OV). The horn protection can also be ordered together with the device. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option OW "Horn protection, PTFE". 110 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Accessory Description Horn protection for 80 mm (3 in) or 100 mm (4 in) horn antenna Horn protection for horn antenna with variable antenna extension This section is valid for the following options of ordering feature 610 "Accdessory Mounted". OU: ...mm antenna extension OV: ... inch antenna extension For any other device version: 110 Antenna extension (not supplied with the horn protection) Horn antenna of the Micropilot (not supplied with the horn protection) Horn protection A B C d Diameter of horn protection (see table below) D Minimum nozzle diameter (see table below) L Length of antenna with horn protection (see table below) A0027190 Horn protection for FMR51 with variable antenna extension Antenna 1) Order code horn protection Dimensions antenna + horn protection L d BC: Horn 80mm/3"

71105890 203 mm (8 in) BD: Horn 100mm/4"

71105889 267 mm (10.5 in) 96 mm (3.78 in) 116 mm (4.57 in) D DN100 DN150 1) Feature 070 of the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 111 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Overvoltage protection Accessory Description Overvoltage protection for 2-wire-devices OVP10 (1 channel) OVP20 (2 channel) A0021734 Technical data Resistance per channel: 2 * 0.5 max Threshold DC voltage: 400 to 700 V Threshold impulse voltage: < 800 V Capacitance at 1 MHz: < 1.5 pF Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s): 10 kA Suited for wire cross-sections: 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Ordering with device Order code for retrofitting For 1-channel devices (feature 020, option A) For 2-channel devices (feature 020, option B, C, E or G) OVP10: 71128617 OVP20 : 71128619 The overvoltage protection module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610

"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Separate ordering of the module is only necessary if a device is to retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Hosuing lid for retrofitting In order to keep the necessary safety distances, the housing lid needs to be replaced if the device is retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Depending on the housing type, the order code of the suitable lid is as follows:

GT18 housing: Lid 71185516 GT19 housing: Lid 71185518 GT20 housing: Lid 71185516 Restrictions for retrofitting Depending on the approval of the transmitter the usage of the OVP module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with an OVP module if the option NA (overvoltage protection) is quoted unter Optional Specifications in the Safety Instructions (XA) pertaining to the device. For details refer to SD01090F. Gas-tight feedthrough Accessory Description Gas-tight feedthrough Chemically inert glass feedthrough; prevents migration of gases into the electronics housing. To be ordered with the device: product structure, feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option NC "Gas-tight feedthrough"

112 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Bluetooth module for HART devices Accessory Description Bluetooth module A0036493 Quick and easy commissioning via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (tested by Fraunhofer institue) and password protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology Range under reference conditions:

> 10 m (33 ft) When using the Bluetooth module the minimum supply voltage increases by up to 3 V. Ordering with device The Bluetooth module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610 "Accessory Mounted", option NF "Bluetooth". A separate order is only necessary in case of retrofitting. Bluetooth module (BT10): 71377355 Order code for retrofitting Restrictions in case of retrofitting For details refer to SD02252F. Depending on the approval of the transmitter, application of the Bluetooth module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with a Bluetooth module if the option NF (Bluetooth) is listed in the associated Safety Instructions (XA) under Optional specifications. Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 113 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Communication-specific accessories Accessory Description Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to Technical Information TI00404F Accessory Description Commubox FXA291 Connects Endress+Hauser field devices with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a computer. Order code: 51516983 For details refer to Technical Information TI00405C Accessory Description HART Loop Converter HMX50 Evaluates the dynamic HART variables and converts them to analog current signals or limit values. Order code: 71063562 For details refer to Technical Information TI00429F and Operating Instructions BA00371F Accessory Description WirelessHART Adapter SWA70 Connects field devices to a WirelessHART network. The WirelessHART adapter can be mounted directly at a HART device and is easly integrated into an existing HART network. It ensures safe data transmission and can be operated in parallel with other wireless networks. For details refer to Operating Instructions BA00061S Accessories Description Connect Sensor FXA30/FXA30B Fully integrated, battery-powered gateway for simple applications with SupplyCare Hosting. Up to 4 field devices with 4 to 20 mA communication (FXA30/FXA30B), serial Modbus

(FXA30B) or HART (FXA30B) can be connected. With its robust design and ability to run for years on the battery, it is ideal for remote monitoring in isolated locations. Version with LTE

(USA, Canada and Mexico only) or 3G mobile transmission for worldwide communication. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01356S and Operating Instructions BA01710S. Accessories Description Fieldgate FXA42 Fieldgates enable communication between connected 4 to 20 mA, Modbus RS485 and Modbus TCP devices and SupplyCare Hosting or SupplyCare Enterprise. The signals are transmitted either via Ethernet TCP/IP, WLAN or mobile communications (UMTS). Advanced automation capabilities are available, such as an integrated Web-PLC, OpenVPN and other functions. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01297S and Operating Instructions BA01778S. Accessories Description SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42. This Web-based software is installed on a local server and can also be visualized and operated with mobile terminals such as a smartphone or tablet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01228S and Operating Instructions BA00055S 114 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Service-specific accessories Accessory Description DeviceCare SFE100 Configuration tool for HART, PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices Accessories Description SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42, FXA30 and FXA30B. SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (Software as a Service, SaaS). In the Endress+Hauser portal, the user is provided with the data over the Internet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01229S and Operating Instructions BA00050S. Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX350 Field Xpert SFX350 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX370 Field Xpert SFX370 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area and the Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Technical Information TI01134S DeviceCare is available for download at www.software-products.endress.com. The download requires a registration in the Endress+Hauser software portal. Alternatively, a DeviceCare DVD can be ordered with the device. Product structure: Feature 570 "Service", Option IV "Tooling DVD (DeviceCare Setup)". FieldCare SFE500 FDT-based Plant Asset Management tool. Helps to configure and maintain all field devices of your plant. By supplying status information it also supports the diagnosis of the devices. Technical Information TI00028S The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB stick. For details refer to Technical Information TI00133R and Operating Instructions BA00247R Active barrier with power supply for safe separation of 4 to 20 mA current circuits. Provides bi-directional HART transmission. For details refer to Technical Information TI00073R and Operating Instructions BA00202R Transmitter supply for 2-wire sensors or transmitters exclusively for non-Ex areas. Provides bi-directional communication using the HART communication sockets. For details refer to Technical Information TI00081R and Operating Instructions KA00110R RN221N RNS221 System components Accessory Description Graphic Data Manager Memograph M Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 115 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Standard documentation Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Documentation The following document types are available:

In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser Internet site: www.endress.com Download Correlation of documentations to the device:

Power supply, output Device FMR51 FMR52 Communication Document type Document code A, B, C, K, L HART Operating Instructions BA01049F/00/EN G E PROFIBUS PA Operating Instructions BA01125F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01100F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01014F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01129F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01018F/00/EN Brief Operating Instructions KA01125F/00/EN Description of Device Parameters GP01017F/00/EN FOUNDATION Fieldbus Operating Instructions BA01121F/00/EN Supplementary documentation Application Package 1) Document type Document code Special documentation SD01871F EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification 1) Feature 540 of the product structure Device Fieldgate FXA520 Tank Side Monitor NRF81 Document type Document code Technical Information Technical Information TI00369F TI01251G Operating Instructions BA01465G Description of Device Parameters GP01083G Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They are an integral part of the Operating Instructions. Feature Approval 010 Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) BA ATEX: II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F BB ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F BC ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00680F XA00680F XA00680F XA00688F XA00680F BD ATEX: II 1/2/3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb/Gc XA00678F XA00678F XA00678F XA00686F XA00678F BG ATEX: II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F

FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 116 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Feature Approval 010 Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) BH ATEX: II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F BL B2 B3 B4 CD C2 C3 FB FD FE IA IB IC ID IG IH IL I2 I3 I4 JC JD JE JF ATEX: II 1/2/3 G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb/Gc ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC TxxC Da/Db ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 D Ex ta IIIC TxxC Da/Db ATEX:II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb ATEX: II 1/2 G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00678F XA00678F XA00678F XA00686F XA00678F XA00683F XA00683F XA00683F XA00691F

XA00684F XA00684F XA00684F XA00692F XA00684F XA00681F XA00681F XA00681F XA00689F CSA C/US DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G FMR51 XA01113F XA01113F XA01113F XA01115F XA01113F CSA C/US IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.1 Div. 2, Ex ia FMR51 FMR52 XA01112F XA01112F XA01112F XA01114F CSA C/US XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.1 Div.2, Ex d FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 FM XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx d, NI Cl.1 Div.2 XA01113F XA01113F XA01113F XA01115F XA01113F XA01116F XA01116F XA01116F XA01118F

XA01117F XA01117F XA01117F XA01119F XA01117F FM DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G FMR51 XA01117F XA01117F XA01117F XA01119F XA01117F IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00677F XA00677F XA00677F XA00685F IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00680F XA00680F XA00680F XA00688F XA00680F IECEx: Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb/Gc XA00678F XA00678F XA00678F XA00686F XA00678F IECEx: Ex nA IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F IECEx: Ex ic IIC T6-T1 Gc XA00679F XA00679F XA00679F XA00687F XA00679F IECEx: Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb/Gc XA00678F XA00678F XA00678F XA00686F XA00678F IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IECEx: Ex ia IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IEXEx: Ex ta IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx: Ex ia IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb IECEx: Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb XA00683F XA00683F XA00683F XA00691F

XA00684F XA00684F XA00684F XA00692F XA00684F XA00681F XA00681F XA00681F XA00689F JA JPN Ex d ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb XA01716F XA01716F JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T4 Ga/Gb XA01717F XA01717F JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T1 Ga/Gb JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T2 Ga/Gb JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T3 Ga/Gb XA01717F XA01717F XA01717F XA01717F XA01717F XA01717F

KA KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga XA01045F XA01045F XA01045F XA01047F FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52

Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 117 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Feature Approval 010 Available for Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"

A 1) B 2) C 3) E 4)/G 5) K 6)/L 7) KB KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01045F XA01045F XA01045F XA01047F

KC KC Ex d[ia] IIC T6 XA01046F XA01046F XA01046F XA01048F XA01046F MA INMETRO: Ex ia IIC T6 Ga XA01286F XA01287F XA01288F XA01296F

MC INMETRO: Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01292F XA01292F XA01293F XA01298F XA01294F MH INMETRO: Ex ic IIC T6 Gc XA01289F XA01290F XA01291F XA01297F NA NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga XA01199F XA01199F XA01199F XA01208F NB NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01199F XA01199F XA01199F XA01208F

NC NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01202F XA01202F XA01202F XA01211F XA01202F NG NEPSI Ex nA II T6 Gc XA01201F XA01201F XA01201F XA01210F XA01201F NH NEPSI Ex ic IIC T6 Gc XA01201F XA01201F XA01201F XA01210F XA01201F NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex iaD 20/21 T85 90oC FMR51 FMR52 XA01205F XA01205F XA01205F XA01214F

N2 N3 NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, DIP A20/21 T8590oC IP66 8A FM/CSA IS+XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G XA01206F XA01206F XA01206F XA01215F XA01206F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01112F XA01113F XA01116F XA01117F XA01114F XA01115F XA01118F XA01119F

FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 FMR51 FMR52 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus, switch output 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA, switch output 4-wire 90-253VAC; 4-20mA HART 4-wire 10.4-48VDC; 4-20mA HART For certified devices the relevant Safety Instructions (XA) are indicated on the nameplate. If the device is prepared for the remote display FHX50 (product structure: feature 030: Display, Operation", option L or M), the Ex marking of some certificates changes according to the following table 12):

Feature 010

("Approval") Feature 030 ("Display, Operation") Ex marking BG BH B3 IG IH L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N ATEX II 3G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc ATEX II 1/2G Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, ATEX II 1/2D Ex ta [ia Db] IIIC TxxC Da/Db IECEx Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc IECEx Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc 12) The marking of certificates not mentioned in this table are not affected by the FHX50. 118 V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 Endress+Hauser T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D Micropilot FMR51, FMR52 Feature 010

("Approval") Feature 030 ("Display, Operation") Ex marking I3 MH NG NH N3 L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N L, M or N IECEx Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, IECEx Ex ta [ia Db] IIIC TxxC Da/Db Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc NEPSI Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6-T1 Gc NEPSI Ex d [ia] IIC T6-T1 Ga/Gb, DIP A20/21 [ia D] TA, TxxC IP6X Endress+Hauser V. 10, Rev. 3, 1-10-2019 119 T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

*unbekannt*

unbekannt www.addresses.endress.com T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D T F A R D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Made in Germany, 79689 Maulburg, Hauptstr. 1 Micropilot Endress+Hauser By, Order code: FMR50-1020/0 IP68 / 66 Type 4X/ 6P Encl. Ser.no.: 12345678901234 Ext. ord. cd.:FMR50-AAACAABMGGF+

10.4...35 VDC / 2-wire

> 4...20 mAHART &

(NG Tp max: 130C. MWP: 3 bar

(Gf m20x1.5 /M16x1.5 Ta: -40...+80 C Ta > 60 C: (212+ 20K | FCC ID LCGFMR5XKT Mat.: PVDF FW: 01.02.02 Dev.Rev.:3 ex works |-\ >

0700 By . if modification Patents >l i) C LS mx- see sep. label reine Hi Ret Date: 2019-09 Made in Germany, 79689 Maulburg, Hauptstr. 1 Micropilot Endress+Hauser Gy;

Order code: FMR51-1LK7/0 IP68 / 66 Type 4X / 6P Encl. Ser.no.: 12345678901234 Ext. ord. cd.:FMR51-AAACAABAA5RVJ+

10.4...35 V DC / 2-wire

> 4...20 mAHART Sy

Tp max: 150C. MWP: 40 bar

(Gf m20x1.5 /M16x1.5 Ta: -40...+80 C Ta > 60 C: (212+ 20K | FCC ID LCGFMR5XKT Mat.: FKM, PTFE, 316L EW: 01.02.02 Dev.Rev:3 _exworks | AH]

0700 wy . if modification Patents >l i]

C LS BX= sce sep. label Patents =H Ree Date: 2019-09

Bee a

 

 

Endress+Hauser (21) People for Process Automation 24/09/2019 TUV SUD BABT FCB Contact Ralf Reimelt Octagon House, Phone 0049-7622281890 Segensworth Road, Fareham, Hampshire, ralf.reimelt@pcm.endress.com PO15 5RL Dear Sir or Madam, We, Endress+Hauser GmbH + Co. KG, hereby authorize Mr. Thomas Ring, Sonja Sachs, Benjamin Puls and Stefan Breu TUV SUD Product Service GmbH, Aussere Fruehlingstrasse 45, 94315 Straubing, Germany, to act as our agent in all matters relating to applications for equipment authorization, including the signing of all documents relating to these matters. This authorization expires on 24/09/2020 Sincerely, Da Uf iim DE Name: Ralf Reimelt Title: Dipl.-ing

 

 

Endress+Hauser (41) People for Process Automation 24/09/2019 Contact Ralf Reimelt Phone 0049-7622281890 TUV SUD BABT TCB Octagon House, Segensworth Road, Fareham, . Hampshire, ralf.reimelt@pcm.endress.com PO15 5RL Confidentiality Request FCC ID: LCG Pursuant to Sections 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, EndresstHauser GmbH +

Co. KG, Hauptstrasse 1, 79689 Maulburg, Germany, hereby requests permanent confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:

Schematics Bill of Materials/Parts List Block Diagrams Theory of Operation The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Yours sincerely, Qal L Porm or Name: Ralf Reimelt Title: Dipl.-ing